1-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2
3   CVS is Copyright (C) 1986-2006 The Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5   CVS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
6   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
7   the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option)
8   any later version.
9
10   More details are available in the COPYING file but, in simplified
11   terms, this means that any distributed modifications you make to
12   this software must also be released under the GNU General Public
13   License.
14
15   CVS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
16   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
17   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
18   GNU General Public License for more details.
19
20-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
21
22This file contains a CVS FAQ.  Until 1995 it was maintained by David
23Grubbs.  It was out of date and not being maintained, but it had a
24certain following and in 1997 Pascal Molli decided to start
25maintaining it with the FAQ-O-Matic package which allows any
26contributor with a web browser to help maintain it.  The following
27text is (mostly automatically) extracted from the FAQ-O-Matic.  The
28odds are good that the file that you are currently reading is out of
29date with respect to the online FAQ-O-Matic, which is part of Pascal
30Molli's CVS web site at http://www.loria.fr/~molli/cvs-index.html
31(currently under "Documentation").  The online version is also
32somewhat better in terms of things like tables of contents (at least
33until someone can write some code to extract data from a FAQ-O-Matic
34and insert things like tables of contents).
35
36The answers which are dated "6/13/1997" below are really from the 1995
37FAQ, for the most part.  Many of them are out of date.  The current FAQ may
38be found at <http://ximbiot.com/cvs/wiki/index.php?title=CVS_FAQ>.  If you have
39some time, you are encouraged to export that FAQ as text and import it here.
40If you don't have such time, take the answers in this file with at least a few
41grains of salt.
42
43Since August, 2005, many of the existing CVS resources have been centralized on
44<http://cvs.nongnu.org> & <http://ximbiot.com>.
45
46  Category: /, all questions
47  
48  Category: /
49  
50          " [INLINE] "
51          
52    1. About FAQ-O-Matic 
53    
54This is FAQ-O-Matic, a quick-and-dirty Perl hack (aren't they all?) by
55Jon Howell.
56
57It seems like most FAQ maintainers make a valiant initial effort, then get
58a life and don't have time to keep their FAQs up to date. Also, I often
59find out a solution to a problem, and feel like I could write a single
60FAQ answer on it in a few minutes, but where to post it?
61
62Thus the FAQ-O-Matic was born. FAQ-O-Matic is a couple sleazy Perl scripts
63that allow people to submit FAQ answers to this database, so it can stay
64current, with just a tiny bit of work on any one person's part.
65
66Yes, a bad guy could come along and wipe out all the FAQ entries. Please don't.
67But to give the good guys some measure of comfort, each submission is stored
68in an RCS file, so if someone does tamper, we can recover the database.
69
70Guidelines for submissions:
71
721. Please _try to be fairly unbiased in matters of opinion._ Mailing lists are
73the place to start flame wars (just kidding :v), but definitely not here.
74
752. Please _use HTML only conservatively_ in your entries. Links are appropriate
76,
77but put the URL in the plaintext also so it's useable on printed versions of
78the FAQ. Inline images pointing off this site are inappropriate, as is much
79fancy formatting. This is meant to be bandwidth-light and dumb-browser-friendly
80.
81
823. If you feel there's a place for a _new category, or a reorganization of
83existing questions_, don't hesitate to mail me (molli@loria.fr).
84Category changes need to be done from my end.
85
864. Please _leave an email address_ at the bottom of your submission so that oth
87ers
88can drop you a note.
89
905. _If you only have a question_, not an answer, you should probably post
91it to a mailing list, not here. If there are frequently asked questions to whic
92h
93the answer is not forthcoming on mailing lists (or perhaps there's no
94useful answer yet other than "no one knows"), then it's appropriate to
95post here, in hopes that someone will see it and know the answer.
96
976. Please refrain from crude or inconsiderate language. Please don't use
98this as a forum for advertising. However, mention of worthy commercial
99products is certainly appropriate (even if you sell said product). Just
100don't overdo it. :v)
101
102          Last modified: _6/13/1997_
103          
104    2. Adding a new category ? 
105    
106just send me a mail at
107molli@loria.fr
108
109          Last modified: _6/13/1997_
110          
111  Category: /Advanced_Topics_/
112  
113          " Advanced Topics "
114          
115  Category: /Advanced_Topics_/Branching_and_Mergin/
116  
117          " + Branching and Merging"
118          
119    1. What is a branch? 
120    
121          Unfortunately, the word "branch" is an overloaded technical
122          term. It is used in too many different ways in three
123          categories. It might help to understand some of the issues by
124          going through the categories:
125          
126     How Humans use the word "branch":
127          
128          Most development starts with everyone working on the same
129          software, making changes and heading toward a single goal. This
130          is called something like "Main Line Development". Note that
131          though many people do main line development on CVS's "Main
132          Branch", that is a choice, not a requirement.
133          
134          After a release or when one or more developers want to go off
135          and work on some project for a while, the Software Engineers
136          assigned to deal with large software issues generate a "Branch
137          in Development" to support the release or project. (Keep in
138          mind that a programmer is no more a Software Engineer than a
139          carpenter is a Civil Engineer.)
140          
141          Essentially, the word "branch" implies a way to allow
142          simultaneous development on the same files by multiple people.
143          
144          The above terms are human-oriented. They refer to actions that
145          people would like to take. They do *not* imply any particular
146          implementation or set of procedures. Branches in development
147          can be supported in many different ways.
148          
149     How CVS uses the word "branch":
150          
151          CVS uses the word "branch" in a number of ways. The two most
152          important are:
153          
154          - The vendor branch holds releases from (normally) an outside
155          software vendor. It is implemented using a specific RCS branch
156          (i.e. 1.1.1).
157          
158          - The "Main Branch", which normally holds your "Main Line
159          Development", but is defined as the collection of revisions you
160          get when you "checkout" something fresh, or when you use the
161          '-A' option to "update".
162          
163          Important Note: The CVS "Main Branch" is *not* the same as the
164          RCS concept with the same name. If you are using Vendor
165          Branches, files you have never changed are on three branches at
166          the same time:
167          
168          - The RCS 1.1.1 branch.
169          - The CVS Vendor branch.
170          - The CVS "Main Branch".
171          
172          The concepts overlap, but they are not equivalent.
173          
174          In referring to CVS, "branch" can be used in four other ways:
175          
176          - A CVS working directory satisfies the definition of "branch"
177          for a single developer -- you are on a private "virtual branch"
178          that does not appear in any of the RCS files or the CVS control
179          files.
180          
181          - The CVS "default branch" is the Repository source for the
182          collection of files in your working directory. It is *not* the
183          same as the RCS "default branch". Normally the CVS default
184          branch is the same as the CVS Main branch. If you use the "-r
185          <branch_tag>" option to the "checkout" command, you will record
186          a "sticky" tag that changes your default branch to the one you
187          checked out.
188          
189          - A "magic" branch can be a branch that hasn't happened yet. It
190          is implemented by a special tag you can check out that is not
191          attached to a real RCS branch. When you commit a file to a
192          magic branch, the branch becomes real (i.e. a physical RCS
193          branch).
194          
195          - And, of course, CVS uses "branch" to indicate a
196          human-oriented "branch in development".
197          
198     How RCS uses the word "branch":
199          
200          - The RCS "Main Branch" (Synonym: "The Trunk") contains a
201          series of two-part revision numbers separated by a single '.'
202          (e.g. 1.2). It is treated specially and is the initial default
203          branch. (The default default?)
204          
205          - The RCS "Default" branch starts out attached to the RCS "Main
206          Branch". For RCS purposes, it can be changed to point to any
207          branch. Within CVS, you *must*not* alter the RCS default
208          branch. It is used to support the CVS idea of a "Main Branch"
209          and it must either point to the RCS Main Branch, or the Vendor
210          Branch (1.1.1) if you haven't made any changes to the file
211          since you executed "import".
212          
213   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
214   
215    2. Why (or when) would I want to create a branch? 
216    
217   Remember that you can think of your working directory as a "branch for
218   one". You can consider yourself to be on a branch all the time because
219   you can work without interfering with others until your project (big
220   or small) is done.
221   
222   The four major situations when you should create a branch:
223   
224     When you expect to take a long time or make a large set of changes
225   that the merging process will be difficult. Both "long" and "large"
226   are defined in your own environment.
227   
228     When you want to be able to "commit" and "tag" your work repeatedly
229   without affecting others.
230   
231   If you ever think you need Source Control for your own work, but don't
232   want your changes to affect others, create a private branch. (Put your
233   username in the branch tag, to make it obvious that it is private.)
234   
235     When you need to share code among a group of developers, but not the
236   whole development organization working on the files.
237   
238   Rather than trying to share a working directory, you can move onto a
239   branch and share your work with others by "committing" your work onto
240   the branch. Developers not working on the branch won't see your work
241   unless they switch to your branch or explicitly merge your branch into
242   theirs.
243   
244     When you need to make minor changes to a released system.
245   
246   Normally a "release" is labeled by a branch tag, allowing later work
247   on the released files. If the release is labeled by a non-branch tag,
248   it is easy to add a branch tag to a previously tagged module with the
249   "rtag" command. If the release is not tagged, you made a mistake.
250   Recovery requires identifying all revisions involved in the release
251   and adding a tag to them.
252   
253   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
254   
255    3. How do I create and checkout a branch? 
256    
257   Suggested technique:
258   
259     Attach a non-branch tag to all the revisions you want to branch
260   from. (i.e. the branch point revisions)
261   
262     When you decide you really need a branch, attach a branch tag to the
263   same revisions marked by the non-branch tag.
264   
265     "Checkout" or "update" your working directory onto the branch.
266   
267     Suggested procedure when using modules:
268   
269     cvs rtag <branch_point_tag> module
270   
271     cvs rtag -b -r <branch_point_tag> <branch_tag> <module>
272   
273     cvs checkout -r <branch_tag> module
274   
275     Suggested procedure when using your working directory, which
276   contains the revisions of your working files you want to branch from:
277   
278     cvs tag <branch_point_tag>
279   
280     cvs rtag -b -r <branch_point_tag> <branch_tag> <module>
281   
282     cvs update -r <branch_tag>
283   
284   In each procedure above, Step #1 applies a non-branch tag to all the
285   branch point revisions in the module/directory. Though this is not
286   strictly necessary, if you don't add a non-branch tag to the revisions
287   you branch from, you won't be able to refer to the branch point in the
288   future.
289   
290   Between steps 1 & 2 you may commit changes. The result would be same
291   because "rtag -r <oldtag> <newtag>" applies <newtag> to the same
292   revision that <oldtag> is attached to. You can use this technique to
293   avoid attaching *any* branch tags until you need them.
294   
295   Step B.2 has two corollaries:
296   
297     If you plan to create the branch tag before committing anything in
298   your working directory, you can use "cvs tag -b <branch_tag>" instead
299   of the "rtag" command.
300   
301     The <module> can be a relative path to a directory from which your
302   working directory was checked out.
303   
304   If you have trouble figuring out what <module> to use (or pathname to
305   use in its place), you can aim it at whatever parent directories you
306   believe will cover all your work.
307   
308   If you are sure the <branch_tag> is not being used anywhere else, you
309   can even aim it at the whole Repository ($CVSROOT), if you have to. It
310   might take some extra time, but assuming that your <tag> is a unique
311   string and you don't use the '-f' option to "rtag -r", "rtag" will
312   only add a <tag> to files in which it actually *finds* the earlier
313   <tag>.
314   
315   In each procedure above, Step #3 may occur any time after step 2.
316   Unless you explicitly remove them with "tag -d", a <tag> is permanent.
317   
318   The <branch_tag> is an unusual creature. It labels a branch in a way
319   that allows you to "checkout" the branch, to "commit" files to the end
320   of the branch and to refer to the end of the branch. It does not label
321   the base of the branch (the branch point).
322   
323   There are two obvious ways to choose the <branch_point_tag> and
324   <branch_tag> names. But keep in mind that the <branch_tag> is typed by
325   any developer who wants to work on the branch -- you should make it
326   mean something to them.
327   
328   Style #1 presumes that the simple version string refers to a set of
329   designed, documented or promised features, not to a specific set of
330   files. In this case, you tag the branch with the generic Version
331   string and assume that whenever you refer to "Version", you want the
332   "latest" set of files associated with that Version, including all
333   patches. (You can substitute whatever you like for "bp_", as long as
334   your <branch_point_tag> is some modification of the <branch_tag>.)
335   
336                <branch_point_tag>      Matching <branch_tag>
337
338                bp_V1_3                 V1_3
339                bp_Release2-3-5         Release2-3-5
340                bp_Production4_5        Release4_5
341
342   Style #2 presumes that the simple version string refers to the
343   specific set of files used to construct the first release of
344   "version". In this case, you tag the branch-point revisions with the
345   generic Version string and assume that whenever you refer to this
346   Version, you want the original set of released revisions. To get the
347   latest patched revisions of the release, you refer to the branch tag
348   "latest_<branch_point_tag>". (You can substitute what ever you like
349   for "latest_", as long as your <branch_tag> is some modification of
350   the <branch_point_tag>.)
351   
352                <branch_point_tag>      Matching <branch_tag>
353
354                V1_3                    latest_V1_3
355                Release2-3-5            latest_Release2-3-5
356                Release4_5              latest_Production4_5
357
358   In both styles you can find out what you had to change since the
359   original release of this Version by typing:
360   
361            cvs diff -r <branch_point_tag> -r <branch_tag>
362
363   For Style 1, this is:
364   
365            cvs diff -r bp_<branch_tag> -r <branch_tag>
366
367   For Style 2, this is:
368   
369            cvs diff -r <branch_point_tag> -r latest_<branch_point_tag>
370
371   Notes on "being on a branch":
372   
373   - "update -r <tag>" tells CVS to attach a "sticky tag" to working
374   directory (in ./CVS/Tag) and the checked-out files (on each line of
375   ./CVS/Entries).
376   
377   - A "sticky" <tag> (including a <branch_tag>) causes most CVS commands
378   to act as if "-r <tag>" were on the command line.
379   
380   - A "sticky" <branch_tag> indicates that the working directory (and
381   working files) are "on the branch".
382   
383   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
384   
385    4. Once created, how do I manage a branch? 
386    
387   The most important thing you should know about managing a branch is
388   that the creation of a branch is not a lightweight act. When you
389   create a branch, you must also create a set of procedures to keep
390   track of it.
391   
392   Specifically, you must:
393   
394   - Remember that the branch exists. (This is non-trivial if you create
395   a lot of them.)
396   
397   - Plan when to merge it back into the main line of development.
398   
399   - Schedule the order that multiple branch merges are to be done.
400   
401   - If you ever intend to merge branches into each other, instead of
402   limiting merges of branch work back into the "main line", you must
403   keep careful track of which parts of which branches have merged into
404   which other branches.
405   
406   The simplest way to deal with branches is to limit their number,
407   "collapse" them back into the main line as quickly as is reasonable
408   and forget them. If a group wants to continue working, tell them to
409   create another branch off the fully merged main line.
410   
411   Remember that CVS is just a tool. Over time, it will probably handle
412   branching better, requiring less careful attendance. But no matter how
413   good it becomes, the whole idea of "branching" is a complicated
414   management problem. Don't take it lightly.
415   
416   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
417   
418    5. Are there any extra issues in managing multiple branches? 
419    
420   If you plan to split from the "main line" and merge back after a time,
421   the only problem will be scheduling the order of branch merges. As
422   each branch is merged, the main line must be rebuilt and tested.
423   Merging multiple branches (i.e. "lines of development") before
424   building and testing creates more problems than you are ready for.
425   
426   If you plan to collapse some branches into others, then move the
427   combined branches back into the main line, you have to be careful with
428   the revisions and tags you hand to your "update -j" command, but it
429   shouldn't be much trouble.
430   
431   If you plan to allow every branch to incrementally take the work done
432   on other branches, you are creating an almost insurmountable
433   bookkeeping problem. Every developer will say "Hey, I can handle
434   taking just this little bit," but for the system as a whole it is
435   disaster. Try it once and see. If you are forced into this situation,
436   you will need to keep track of the beginning and end points of every
437   merge ever done. Good Luck.
438   
439   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
440   
441    6. How do I merge a whole branch back into the trunk? 
442    
443   If you don't have a working directory, you can checkout and merge in
444   one command:
445   
446                cvs checkout -j <branch_tag> <module>
447                cd <module>
448
449   If you already have a working directory:
450   
451                cd <working_directory>
452                cvs update      <== Optional, to bring it up to date.
453                cvs update -j <branch_tag>
454
455   CVS will print lines beginning with
456   
457   'U' for files that you hadn't changed, but the branch did.
458   
459   'M' for files that you changed and the branch didn't
460                *and* for files that you both changed that were merged
461                without overlaps.  (This overload is unfortunate.)
462
463   'C' for files that you both changed in a way that conflicts
464                with each other.
465
466   You need to go edit all the 'C' files and clean up the conflicts. Then
467   you must commit them.
468   
469   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
470   
471    7. How do I merge changes from the trunk into my branch or between
472    branches? 
473    
474   The idea is similar to the above, but since CVS doesn't treat the main
475   branch like other branches, you'll have to be more careful. There are
476   5 different ways to look at the problem.
477   
478     The way to merge *all* changes made on the trunk into a working
479   branch is to move to the branch you want via "checkout -r" or "update
480   -r":
481   
482                cvs update -r <branch_tag> {optional files}
483
484   Then merge the changes from the trunk into your working branch using
485   the pseudo-tag named "HEAD":
486   
487                cvs up -j HEAD {optional files}
488
489   You will get everything from the branch point of the branch named
490   <branch_tag> up to the HEAD of the main branch. This is still kind of
491   strange. If the file is on a branch, HEAD should be the latest thing
492   on the branch, not the HEAD of MAIN. But that's not the way CVS
493   (currently) works.
494   
495   If you run "cvs up -j HEAD" again after adding more revisions to the
496   trunk, you may get overlaps for the text you have already merged. It
497   depends on your version of your RCS "merge" command (actually the "co
498   -j" option, which depends on the version of "diff3" you configured RCS
499   to use).
500   
501     You can merge the difference between any two <tags> using two "-j"
502   options on "update" or "checkout".
503   
504   Identify the two tags on the branch you want to merge from.
505   
506                cvs update -j <tag1> -j <tag2> {optional files}
507
508   This step assumes you were careful about tagging milestones. You can
509   use this technique for any two <tags> on the same branch, even the
510   trunk. It is also possible to use tags on different branches, but
511   you'll have to ponder the meaning of the difference between those two
512   tags.
513   
514   In place of one of the <tags>, you can use a <branch_tag> to refer to
515   the latest revision on that branch. See 4C.11 and 4C.3 for info on
516   branch points.
517   
518   Merges can also be performed by handing RCS revisions to the '-j'
519   options, but since revision numbers aren't the same in all files,
520   merging by number is normally limited to one file. Sets of files with
521   the exact same trees of branches and revision numbers would work too,
522   but that's a rare situation.
523   
524     To "take" revisions from other branches instead of merging them, see
525   4C.19 for an idea.
526   
527     A way to gain the effect of merging the main to the branch is to
528   merge the branch into the main using the normal
529   
530                cvs update -A {optional files}
531                cvs update -j <branch_tag> {optional files}
532                cvs commit
533                cvs tag -F  -b <same_branch_tag> {optional files}
534
535   See part B of 4D.5
536   
537     Other oddities.
538   
539   This also works, but is probably not officially supported:
540   
541                   cvs update -j N {optional files}
542
543   where N is a number. This will merge all the changes from the branch
544   point up to the highest revision on the main branch starting with N.
545   For example, if your highest trunk revision is 1.52, you can use this
546   to grab revisions from the trunk:
547   
548                   cvs update -j 1 {optional files}
549
550   Another example: Say you have a branch point at rev 1.2 for a branch
551   named "BR1" and trunk revisions 1.3, 1.4, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2.
552   Then:
553   
554                   cvs update -j 1 {optional files}
555
556   will merge the changes from 1.2 to 1.4
557   
558                   cvs update -j 2 {optional files}
559
560   will merge the changes from 1.2 to 2.3
561   
562                   cvs update -j 3 {optional files}
563
564   will merge the changes from 1.2 to 3.2, which in this example, is
565   equivalent to the use of "-j HEAD" in part A above.
566   
567   The intuitive (at least to me):
568   
569                   cvs up -j MAIN (or TRUNK) {optional files}
570
571   doesn't work. If the trunk (i.e. "main branch") had an implicit branch
572   named "MAIN", you could use:
573   
574                   cvs up -j MAIN:10/26 -j MAIN:now {optional files}
575
576   and refer to date-stamped revisions on the trunk using the
577   <branch_tag>:<date> support that works on other branches.
578   
579   You might also think you could place an explicit tag on branch 1 (or
580   higher) (e.g. MAINHACK:1) and use it in place of the implicit "MAIN",
581   but I haven't found the right combination.
582   
583   [[If you find working techniques, I'll add them here.]]
584   
585   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
586   
587    8. How do I merge onto the Main Branch a file that exists only on a branch
588    other than the Main Branch? (i.e. it is in the Attic) 
589    
590   For how such a file can exist, see 3A.2 and 3A.3.
591   
592   For how to avoid creating such a file, see 3A.5.
593   
594   Though you might think that the "update -j" command could perform the
595   "merge" of a file from the side branch to the Main Branch, it isn't
596   (yet) smart enough. Unfortunately, there is no single CVS command to
597   do this -- it takes three steps:
598   
599     To move something onto the Main Branch from the Attic, you have to
600   physically move the file from the Attic to the main Repository
601   directory associated with your working directory.
602   
603   It is exactly like resurrecting a removed file. See 3L.4
604   
605   I use something like this: (csh-like syntax)
606   
607   set repos = `cat ./CVS/Repository` mv $repos/Attic/filename,v
608   $repos/filename,v
609   
610   (If you use relative paths in your Repository files, that first line
611   becomes: set repos = $CVSROOT/`cat ./CVS/Repository`)
612   
613     Now that the file is physically in the right place within the
614   Repository, "update -A" will make it appear in your working directory
615   on the Main Branch. Do that now.
616   
617     You now have a choice. The act of physically moving the file has
618   fused together the <branch_tag> branch and the Main Branch for this
619   file. You can continue that way, making changes along the RCS Main
620   Branch which CVS will (for this type of file only) treat as both the
621   Main Branch and the <branch_tag> branch.
622   
623   The other choice, which I would suggest, is to re-tag the file with
624   <branch_tag>, restoring a normal-looking magic branch tag to the file:
625   
626                cvs tag -F -b <branch_tag> <file>
627
628   After you have done the above, you can run "update -A" or "update -r
629   <branch_tag>" to resume whatever you were doing before you started
630   this procedure.
631   
632   Caveat: The final result is a file whose revision tree doesn't look
633   like it was ever on any branch but the Main Branch until the above
634   "tag -F -b" command was executed. CVS and RCS have no way of saving
635   the history of the actions you have just performed.
636   
637   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
638   
639    9. How do I know what branch I'm (working) on? 
640    
641   Type:
642                cvs status
643
644   and look at the "Sticky Tag" field for each file. If:
645   
646     The *same* tag is on *every* file in your working tree, *and*
647   
648     That tag matches the contents of the ./CVS/Tag file, *and*
649   
650     That tag is a branch tag,
651   
652   then you know what branch you are working on. You can get sticky Tag
653   information directly from the ./CVS/Entries file instead of "cvs
654   status".
655   
656   If all the sticky Tags don't agree, then your directory is temporarily
657   inconsistent. This is a feature allowing you to make changes (or
658   perform merges) to individual files on multiple branches without
659   checking out the whole directory.
660   
661   The sticky Tag on each file in the ./CVS/Entries file (as displayed by
662   the "status" command) indicates what branch the working file is on.
663   New files are added to the Tag stored in ./CVS/Tag.
664   
665   To force your entire working directory onto the same branch, type:
666   
667                cvs update -r <branch_tag>
668
669   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
670   
671    10. Do I really have to know the name of the branch I'm working on? 
672    
673   If a developer can't be relied on to know what branch of development
674   to work on, then either the developer's manager isn't planning
675   branches properly or the developer has serious problems.
676   
677   I have found that one of the hardest concepts to get across to
678   developers (and some managers) is that "a branch in development" (as
679   opposed to the use of RCS branches to support some other scheme) is a
680   heavyweight act. Every time you create a real branch in development,
681   you must spawn a set of managerial procedures and a schedule by which
682   you plan to merge each branch into each other branch. Unless you plan
683   to keep it simple and collapse (by merging and forgetting) branches
684   quickly, they are not to be created lightly.
685   
686   In other words, if you don't regularly attend group meetings in which
687   the branch to be worked on is a major topic of discussion, then the
688   group is not managing branches properly.
689   
690   We created a couple major branches a few months ago and even the
691   customer service people refer to the "XYZ branch" as a shorthand for
692   "continuing development on the XYZ project".
693   
694   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
695   
696    11. How do I refer to the revision where I branched so I can see what
697    changed since the Branch Point on another branch? 
698    
699   Given the current <branch_tag> format, there is no direct way to refer
700   to the branch point, which is more useful in many ways than referring
701   to the branch, which always refers to the latest revision on the
702   branch.
703   
704   When CVS adds a branch tag, it attaches an RCS symbol to a
705   non-existent revision number containing the revision number of the
706   branch point as a prefix. (See Section 3O, on the "tag" command.) RCS
707   can't use the CVS magic branch tag and many of the CVS commands can't
708   refer to it.
709   
710   To be certain of your ability to refer to a branch point, you must
711   create a "branch point" tag at the same time as the Branch tag. See
712   4C.3.
713   
714   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
715   
716    12. Why didn't the command "cvs admin -bBRANCH1 *" create a branch? 
717    
718   Because your command creates an RCS branch, not a CVS branch. See the
719   above discussion on branches. RCS branches are used to support CVS
720   branches, but they are not the same. You can't act as if you have
721   direct control over the RCS files.
722   
723   The "admin" command was placed there as a convenience to allow you to
724   execute raw "rcs" commands on the Repository, taking advantage of
725   CVS's ability to find the files in the Repository.
726   
727   But you have to remember that you are using RCS commands on a CVS
728   Repository, which is not generally safe unless you know exactly what
729   CVS depends on.
730   
731   For one thing, CVS insists on control of the default branch. It is set
732   either to the Main branch or the Vendor branch depending on whether
733   you have changed the Vendor's code. If you change the default branch,
734   you are monkeying with the internals and you will get unexpected
735   results.
736   
737   To set your "default CVS branch" to BRANCH1, you must use "checkout"
738   or "update" with the "-r BRANCH1" option. Then you have changed CVS's
739   idea of your "default branch", which has little to do with RCS's
740   default branch.
741   
742   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
743   
744    13. Is it possible to set the "default CVS branch" for everyone? 
745    
746   No. It doesn't work that way.
747   
748   When using CVS, all administrative information (such as what branch
749   you checked out) is stored in CVS sub-directories, local to the user.
750   There is no global state, other than the description and logging files
751   in the $CVSROOT/CVSROOT directory.
752   
753   You tell "checkout" or "update" what branch you want to check out via
754   the "-r <tag>" option. The default is CVS's "Main Branch".
755   
756   I don't see a problem in *designing* a new way to indicate what branch
757   you get by default, instead of the main one, but that's not how it
758   currently works.
759   
760   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
761   
762    14. How do I perform a large merge? 
763    
764   Large merges require a bit more planning to be able to track what has
765   happened in the inevitable cases where something goes wrong. No tool
766   can force a "merge" to make perfect sense.
767   
768   Though you can handle the details in many different ways, the two ends
769   of the spectrum of merge techniques are: gonzo and paranoid.
770   
771     The gonzo method assumes that you know everything about your sources
772   so that recovery from failures is "just a matter of typing." You
773   created the branch this way:
774   
775                cvs checkout <module>
776                cd <module>
777                cvs tag -b <branch_tag>
778                cvs update -r <branch_tag>
779                >>> Edit away.
780                cvs commit              <<== Onto branch
781
782   Now you want to merge your branch back into the Main branch, you are
783   certain you can make it work, or at least detect all the failures, so
784   you dive in and hack away: (For simplicity, we will assume you are
785   collapsing (i.e. merging and forgetting) a side-branch into the Main
786   branch from your single working directory.)
787   
788                cvs update -A
789                cvs update -j <branch_tag>
790                >>> Edit the 'C' files and remove the overlaps.
791                >>> Edit some more to make it all compile and work.
792                cvs commit
793
794   Looks simple. For more details on the output from the "update -j"
795   command, see 3P.2 and 4C.6.
796   
797   Note: You could also checkout a whole new working directory and
798                 perform the merge at the same time by replacing the two
799                 update commands with these two commands:
800
801                        cvs checkout -j <branch_tag> <module>
802                        cd <module>
803
804     The paranoid way is more difficult, but it can catch all sorts of
805   problems. You created the branch this way:
806   
807                cvs checkout <module>
808                cd <module>
809                cvs tag <branch_point_tag>
810                cvs tag -b <branch_tag>
811                cvs update -r <branch_tag>
812                >>> Edit away.
813                cvs commit              <<== Onto branch
814
815   The extra tag command places a non-branch tag on the Branch Point, an
816   act that makes it easier to do "diffs" later. Now we decide to perform
817   the merge:
818   
819                cvs tag <latest_on_branch_tag>
820                cvs update -A
821           *1*  cvs diff -r <branch_point_tag> -r <latest_on_branch_tag>
822                >>> *1* shows all the changes on the branch.
823           *2*  cvs diff -r <branch_point_tag> -r HEAD
824                >>> *2* shows the changes on the trunk since branching.
825                cvs tag <premerge_tag>
826                cvs update -j <branch_tag>
827                >>> Edit the 'C' files and remove the overlaps.
828           *3*  cvs diff
829                >>> Verify that *3* matches *1*, except for line numbers.
830                cvs commit
831                cvs tag <just_merge_changes_tag>
832                >>> Edit some more to make it all compile and work.
833                cvs commit
834                cvs tag <after_merge_cleanup_tag>
835
836   The reason *3* and *1* match so closely is that they are the
837   differences between two pairs of starting points and ending points
838   after the same data was inserted. If they are significantly different,
839   you will want to figure out why.
840   
841   NOTE: You will have to tell everyone to stay the hell out of the
842   Repository while you do this. If they commit something while you are
843   in the middle of a merge, your job will be much more difficult. If
844   they "update" at the wrong time, their work will be randomized until
845   you finish. It's better to call a halt.
846   
847   See 3H.13 for some more information about dealing with merges after
848   import. The last part of the procedure is applicable to any large
849   merge.
850   
851   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
852   
853    15. Is a Vendor merge any different from a branch merge? 
854    
855   No. In most ways, a Vendor branch is exactly the same as any other
856   branch. In a Vendor merge, the data is append to the branch by the
857   "import" command, rather than by hand-editing, but the merge process
858   is the same.
859   
860   See the "import" command in section 3H.
861   
862   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
863   
864    16. How do I go back to a previous version of the code on a branch? 
865    
866
867
868
869        You can avoid digging into RCS revision numbers (executing "update
870        -r (rev)" on each file) by trying one of these:
871
872Use non-branch tags as you normally would.  Non-branch tags
873           attach to specific revisions, so a "tag (tag)" command would
874           mark the revisions you have in your working directory, which
875           are on your branch.  If you need to retrieve them, use "update
876           -r (non-branch-tag)"
877
878           Doing this overrides the sticky (branch-tag) attached to your
879           working directory with a non-branch tag, which means you won't
880           be able to commit until you again move forward to the end of
881           the branch with "update -r (branch-tag)".
882
883Use the "update -r (branch-tag):(date)" trick.
884
885           This is almost like using the '-D' option, but it looks for
886           revisions extant on (date) only along the given branch.
887
888           As in #1, you can't commit to this kind of working area,
889           because it has a sticky date referring to revisions in the
890           middle of a branch.
891
892[comment from the audience:  You are dreaming..
893this does not work.. try it, you get
894No such tag: "MYTAG:May 1"
895or similar. I wish it did because I need it. julian@whistle.com]
896
897
898You can branch a branch.
899
900           If you add a branch tag to file in a working directory that was
901           checked out on a branch, you will branch the branch.  This
902           works just fine, though you'll have to play some games to merge
903           everything back together again.  You'll also create 6-part
904           revision numbers.  (They'll be 8-part revision numbers if you
905           branch a branch that started out with some unmodified files on
906           the Vendor branch.  Think about it.  How does revision
907           1.2.4.2.4.2.2.1 grab you?)
908
909
910(fixed formatting, kingdon@cyclic.com)
911
912   Last modified: _9/8/1997_
913   
914    17. Once I've found the files I want, how do I start changing them? I keep
915    getting warnings about sticky tags. 
916    
917   What you probably did was type "cvs update -r <tag>" where <tag> is a
918   non-branch tag. "update" created a sticky tag for a specific revision,
919   not a branch. To start working right there, you have to create a
920   branch to work on.
921   
922   You have two choices.
923   
924     You can do it in place and keep working:
925   
926           cvs tag -b <branch_tag>      <<== To tag the current files.
927           cvs update -r <branch_tab>   <<== To move onto the branch.
928
929     You can do it "externally" and create a new working directory:
930   
931           cvs rtag -b -r <tag> <branch_tag> <module>
932           cvs checkout -r <branch_tag> <module>
933
934   <module> can be a relative path within the Repository.
935   
936   <tag> in the above is the non-branch tag you placed earlier
937                 that caused the error in your question.  Be warned that
938                 if <tag> is not set on all the files (or all the right
939                 revisions) you won't get exactly what you wanted.
940
941   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
942   
943    18. Why do I get the latest files on the branch when I tried to "update -r
944    <tag>"? 
945    
946   If "update -r <tag>" always retrieves the latest files on a branch,
947   then <tag> is really a <branch_tag>. A branch tag is supposed to be
948   used to grab a branch to work on. Since you can't modify a file in the
949   middle of a branch, checking out a <branch_tag> will give you the
950   latest revision on the branch.
951   
952   If you want to "checkout" a specific collection of revisions, you must
953   use a "non-branch" tag. See the first part of 4C.16.
954   
955   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
956   
957    19. How can I avoid a merge? I just want to move the latest revision on my
958    working branch directly onto the trunk. 
959    
960   There is no direct way to do this using CVS, though the technique is
961   not difficult using shell commands. Here's one way:
962   
963     Move your working directory to the Main Branch.
964   
965                cvs update -A
966
967     Use "update -p" to grab the latest revision on the branch and write
968   it over your working files. Make sure you don't have an modified files
969   -- you will lose them. The following is in "csh" syntax. Change the
970   wildcard to grab the files you want
971   
972   foreach i (Makefile *.cc *.hh)
973                    cvs update -p -r <branch_tag> $i > $i
974                end
975
976     Commit all the working files onto the Main Branch.
977   
978                cvs commit -m 'Moved branch <branch_tag> onto MAIN'
979
980   You should experiment with the above before blasting everything.
981   
982   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
983   
984    20. How to I avoid merge collisions in the RCS $\Log$ data? 
985    
986   In short, you can't. The RCS $\Log$ keyword is handled differently
987   from all other RCS keywords.
988   
989   On the info-cvs mailing list, there is a periodic discussion that goes
990   something like this:
991   
992   Question: How do I deal with $\Log$? Answer1: You can't do much with
993   it. Here's how it works. . . Answer2: I've found a limited way to use
994   it. . . Answer3: Get rid of it. $\Log$ is an abomination.
995   
996   I tend to lean toward answer #3. There are only two sets of people who
997   would ever have access to logs stored within sources files, developers
998   and source customers.
999   
1000   For developers:
1001   
1002     Log entries within sources files are notoriously incomplete, rushed,
1003   poorly phrased and in many cases incorrect, making them useless for
1004   debugging or file maintenance. I remember a maxim from "Software
1005   Tools" (I believe): "Read the code, not the comments." No managerial
1006   order or plan for programmer discipline will affect this in the real
1007   world.
1008   
1009     Log entries are usually in an unreadable mixture of styles. Many log
1010   entries are just plain meaningless. Some are foolish. Some are even
1011   insulting. Examples:
1012   
1013   "Corrected spelling of misspelling." "Bug fix." "Reversed stupid
1014   change in previous revisions." "If Joe could do his job, this would
1015   already have worked."
1016   
1017     Log entries are not managed well by the tools. Any merge can cause
1018   conflicts in the $\Log$ data. Branch merges produce incomplete logs.
1019   They can be edited into chaos and they are not regenerated. They waste
1020   space duplicating information available to the developer with a single
1021   command.
1022   
1023     Even if correct when originally entered, as changes are made to the
1024   file, log entries become false over time. Humans are not good at
1025   reading down through a list and remembering only the last change
1026   affecting something. Over time *most* of the log is wrong.
1027   
1028     Even if still correct, the log data is almost useless to developers
1029   without the code diffs. If you can get code diffs, you can display the
1030   log.
1031   
1032   For source customers the problem is even worse. The last thing you
1033   want to show customers is a hodge-podge of tiny comments about large
1034   changes followed by a series of emergency fixes before delivery. If
1035   you distribute sources, then you should provide documentation, or
1036   changelogs reviewed by people who won't let comments like "Fixed for
1037   stupid customer." out the door.
1038   
1039   Conclusion: Though some people would prefer to see in this FAQ
1040   techniques for making the $\Log$ entries the best they can be, I
1041   believe them to be a lost cause. My suggestion is to hunt down, root
1042   out and destroy all occurrences of $\Log$ and the unusable data
1043   attached to it wherever you may find it.
1044   
1045   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
1046   
1047    21. Why should I trust automatic merges? 
1048    
1049   Some developers have the feeling that three-way merging doesn't work.
1050   They fear and distrust the way the "update" command automatically
1051   merges committed changes from the Repository into the working file.
1052   
1053   Experience has shown that most merges are utterly painless and most of
1054   the rest are easily resolved. The few conflicts that cause headaches
1055   are nearly all due to poor communication between developers, a problem
1056   no source control system can obviate.
1057   
1058   Some developers were troubled in the past by flaky Unix software. I
1059   can't say that everything is perfect, but the tools CVS depends on
1060   (RCS and diff, mainly) are fairly solid nowadays. They work.
1061   
1062   Since it does seem to work for most of us, the algorithm is unlikely
1063   to change soon. Why not test it on a couple trouble spots and if it
1064   works for you, use it for a while? Then you can make an informed
1065   decision.
1066   
1067   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
1068   
1069    22. How does CVS decide if it can safely perform a merge? 
1070    
1071   CVS can merge any text file, possibly discovering a conflict and
1072   leaving overlaps for you to edit. Editing the conflict markers out of
1073   the file is a moment's work, but resolving the conflict could take an
1074   arbitrary amount of time. CVS works to determine if it *should* merge,
1075   not if it *can*.
1076   
1077   See 2B.6 for how the merge proceeds.
1078   
1079   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
1080   
1081    23. After resolving merge conflicts in a file, what if I want to keep my
1082    previous version, and not take any of the branch changes? 
1083    
1084   If you want to retain your previous version, a version on the MAIN
1085   branch greater than 1.1 (one you committed there), just throw the
1086   merged file away and "cvs update" the file.
1087   
1088   You don't need to commit something to remember it. The tags you place
1089   before and after the merge should give all the handles you need to
1090   find various versions. You don't have to create a new version of the
1091   file.
1092   
1093   If you want to retain the previous Vendor revision, you can grab a
1094   copy of it using "cvs update -p" and commit it or use the technique
1095   described in 3B.3 to revert back to the Vendor branch.
1096   
1097   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
1098   
1099  Category: /Advanced_Topics_/Engineering/
1100  
1101   " + Engineering"
1102   
1103    1. Where can I find out about Software Engineering? 
1104    
1105   A couple different people suggested this book:
1106   
1107   Software Configuration Management: Coordination for Team Productivity;
1108   Wayne A. Babich; Addison Wesley; 1986; ISBN 0-201-10161-0
1109   
1110   A number of others suggested Appendix B of the book "Decline and Fall
1111   of the American Programmer" by Ed Yourdon, called "The Programmer's
1112   Bookshelf". It list 87 books you are expected to have read. Since they
1113   publish many of the books, Prentice-Hall distributes this list as
1114   "Prentice Hall Professional Technical reference PTR-125-AA3.
1115   
1116   One interesting item from the Yourdon book: The total number of
1117   professional computer books sold is less than the number of
1118   programmers currently in the United States. It wasn't clear from the
1119   book whether this meant "per year" or not, but it is still
1120   frightening.
1121   
1122   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
1123   
1124    2. How do I flexibly arrange the modules file to describe my sources? 
1125    
1126   An equivalent question might be, "How do I structure my sources?" This
1127   can be a difficult question especially in the areas that are more
1128   political than technical.
1129   
1130   Generally you want to think about which pieces of your system need to
1131   be checked out together, built as one system or tagged as a consistent
1132   whole. You should certainly create module names that correspond to
1133   complete, buildable collections that you would tag and release as one
1134   "product". It is also convenient to create module names for small
1135   sections of the Repository containing files that will all be worked on
1136   at the same time by the same person or group.
1137   
1138   Once you have defined the structure of your work, you can usually see
1139   how to lay it out in a Repository. After that the modules file is
1140   easy. You set up module names and aliases to match what you need to
1141   check out by name. If you like relative directories, it is possible,
1142   but not recommended, to work completely without a modules file. See
1143   1D.11 and 2C.7 for some info about the modules file.
1144   
1145   Here are a few types of modules. You should experiment to see what
1146   kind of structure each of these produces. They all have different
1147   uses.
1148   
1149     Connected projects in one group with two separate helper
1150   directories. The helper directories can contain build tools, header
1151   files, libraries, or whatever you like.
1152   
1153   These are all aliases that checkout relative pathnames. The equivalent
1154   results could be produced by placing the selected relative pathnames
1155   on the "cvs checkout" command line.
1156   
1157           pr1  -a P1 HELPERS
1158           pr2  -a P2 HELPERS
1159           pr3  -a P3 HELPERS
1160           pr12 -a P1 P2 HELPERS
1161           pr13 -a P1 P3 HELPERS
1162           pr23 -a P2 P3 HELPERS
1163
1164           P1           -a group1/proj1
1165           P2           -a group1/proj2
1166           P3           -a group1/proj3
1167           HELPERS      -a group1/helper1 group1/helper2 MAKEFILE
1168           MAKEFILE     -a group1/Makefile
1169
1170   Actual Repository directory structure: (from $CVSROOT down)
1171   
1172   group1/ Makefile The top level Makefile. helper1/ helper2/ Helper
1173   files and dirs proj1/ Files and dirs proj2/ Files and dirs proj3/
1174   Files and dirs
1175   
1176   "checkout group1" produces a duplicate of the above. "checkout projX"
1177   produces all but "projY" and "projZ". "checkout projXY" produces all
1178   but "projZ".
1179   
1180     Here is the exact same set of module names describing the same
1181   Repository layout using module names (and aliases containing module
1182   names) instead of merely aliases for relative pathnames.
1183   
1184   There is one difference in the result. The name of the top level
1185   directory in the checked out working tree will match the "module" name
1186   (e.g. pr1) instead of always being "group1" as it was in the first
1187   example above.
1188   
1189           pr1  group1 proj1 &HELPERS
1190           pr2  group1 proj2 &HELPERS
1191           pr3  group1 proj3 &HELPERS
1192           pr12 group1 proj1 proj2 &HELPERS
1193           pr13 group1 proj1 proj3 &HELPERS
1194           pr23 group1 proj2 proj3 &HELPERS
1195
1196           HELPERS      -a helper1 helper2 group1-Makefile
1197           helper1      group1/helper1
1198           helper2      group1/helper2
1199           group1-Makefile -d . group1 Makefile
1200
1201   The above line (with the -d in it) says that when the module named
1202   "group1-Makefile" is checked out, the file named Makefile file will be
1203   found in a directory named $CVSROOT/group1 and will be checked out
1204   into a directory named '.', which obviously already exists.
1205   
1206   The & references say to interpret those pathnames relative to the
1207   directory where the whole module is stored. For the "pr1" module, that
1208   directory is "group1", so the &HELPERS reference winds up placing
1209   Makefile in '.' relative to "group1".
1210   
1211     A short one containing the basic "module" actions:
1212   
1213           m1           head/path file1 dir2 file3 dir4 file5
1214
1215   When checked out, a directory named "m1" appears in your current
1216   directory. Elements named file1, dir2, file3, dir4, and file5 appear
1217   in it. They were originally taken as relative paths from
1218   $CVSROOT/head/path.
1219   
1220     Here's another way to construct a working directory out of pieces of
1221   the Repository:
1222   
1223                projX   projX Makefile &projX_inc &projX_src &projX_doc
1224
1225                # The first line selects a single file within projX, plus
1226                # the contents of three other modules.  Those three other
1227                # modules rename their directories.
1228
1229   projX_inc -d include projX/inc projX_src -d source projX/src projX_doc
1230   -d documentation projX/doc
1231   
1232     A Unix tree. This is similar to what CVS was developed for and the
1233   way I have used it for years.
1234   
1235                # Top level
1236                unix            unix
1237                u_bin           unix/bin
1238                u_etc           unix/etc
1239                u_man           unix/man
1240                usr-bin         unix/usr.bin
1241
1242                # Subdirs of top level dirs.  (tiny subset)
1243                ls              unix/bin/ls
1244                fsck            unix/etc/fsck
1245                man8            unix/man/man8
1246
1247                # Programs without subdirs. (tiny subset)
1248                cat             unix/bin Makefile cat.c
1249                uniq            unix/usr.bin Makefile uniq.c
1250
1251                # /usr/local/src
1252                localsrc        localsrc
1253                gnu             localsrc/gnu
1254                public          localsrc/public
1255                X11             localsrc/X11
1256
1257                # GNU and PD tools
1258                cvs             localsrc/gnu/cvs
1259                emacs           localsrc/gnu/emacs
1260                rcs             localsrc/gnu/rcs
1261                btoa            localsrc/public/btoa
1262                tcsh            localsrc/public/tcsh
1263
1264                # X11 related items.
1265                tvtwm           localsrc/X11/contrib/tvtwm
1266
1267   "unix" was checked out and built from the top down, using a set of
1268   Makefiles that knew about the whole structure. "localsrc" was kept
1269   checked out in /usr/local/src.
1270   
1271   At any time I could run "checkout ls" or "checkout cat" and get a
1272   simple directory with only that tool in it, plus a subset Makefile
1273   that knew how to build that tool against the installed (or alternate,
1274   via environment variables) headers and libraries.
1275   
1276   I found it very handy to be able to run "ls" and see the three tools I
1277   was porting that week.
1278   
1279   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
1280   
1281    3. Can I have multiple source repositories, one for each project? 
1282    
1283   Yes, you can have as many Repositories as you like. But each
1284   Repository must be managed separately, creating additional work.
1285   
1286   Question 4A.1 provides a short description of setting up a single
1287   Repository. A few additional considerations:
1288   
1289     It is a good idea to start by creating a single Repository and split
1290   it up (or create additional Repositories) only if you believe it is
1291   really necessary. I would only create a new Repository if the data is
1292   completely disconnected from the rest of the main Repository.
1293   
1294     If there is a lot of overlap among the developers working on the
1295   collections of files you want to place in different Repositories, or
1296   if there is any connection between those collections, I would go out
1297   of my way to create a single Repository. It is much easier to manage.
1298   
1299     Disk space should not be a factor since you can build up a
1300   Repository using symbolic links and/or remote mounts.
1301   
1302     Each Repository is completely distinct. You can't check out modules
1303   from different Repositories at the same time. A better way of looking
1304   at it is that if you *can* check out two modules or directories with a
1305   single "checkout" command (without contortions or explicit absolute
1306   pathnames), then they are in the same Repository.
1307   
1308     To "checkout" modules from multiple Repositories, you must use the
1309   "cvs -d" option on all CVS commands or alter your $CVSROOT variable
1310   when you change focus to another Repository. If you work with multiple
1311   Repositories, it is a good idea to configure CVS to use absolute
1312   pathnames in the ./CVS/Repository file, since most commands (other
1313   than "checkout") will use that file rather than $CVSROOT.
1314   
1315     If you configure CVS to use relative pathnames in your
1316   ./CVS/Repository files, you must always be careful to set your
1317   $CVSROOT properly or you will get unexpected results.
1318   
1319   If you have two modules or directories by the same name at the same
1320   relative path inside two different Repositories, you are asking for
1321   disaster. You could unexpectedly update a directory with completely
1322   unrelated files. This is not a fanciful example -- a Repository is
1323   occasionally duplicated for release purposes in which case *all* the
1324   paths in the two Repositories are the same.
1325   
1326   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
1327   
1328    4. Who should administer the Repository and manage the modules file? 
1329    
1330   This is a "management style" question. In large or traditional groups,
1331   the CVS procedures are warped to conform to local conventions. In
1332   small groups, in groups with strong personalities or on new projects
1333   the choice of source control procedures can help create some of the
1334   working environment. Here is a taxonomy of environments I have worked
1335   in or helped set up:
1336   
1337   Situation 1.
1338   
1339   A small number of competent developers working on a medium size
1340   project. We all got along and we all respected each other (at least
1341   technically). Anyone edited anything.
1342   
1343   Modules and Repository admin was mostly left to me. I never found a
1344   problem in minor changes made by anyone else.
1345   
1346   Situation 2.
1347   
1348   A large number of experienced developers sprinkled with wackos. Many
1349   of the developers didn't want to deal with any kind of source control.
1350   They wanted a full-service source control system that caused them zero
1351   thought.
1352   
1353   I learned "big stick" diplomacy here. There was a small number of
1354   "designated" (by me) people who were allowed to do *anything* other
1355   than "update" and "commit". Even "checkouts" were controlled. This is
1356   where I found "history" and "release" the most useful.
1357   
1358   Situation 3.
1359   
1360   A small number of developers who wanted me to "help", but who didn't
1361   want to deal with anything other than their favorite algorithms.
1362   
1363   I didn't have the time to baby-sit this group, so I designated one of
1364   them to be my official contact and made him do it all. He felt sullied
1365   by the requirement to pay attention to anything other than his pet
1366   coding projects, but enjoyed the "status" of being the only one who
1367   could touch the control files without my kicking the chair out from
1368   under him.
1369   
1370   Situation 4.
1371   
1372   A huge number of developers of covering the whole spectrum of
1373   competence and experience split into 20 groups, none of which
1374   cooperated with the others, working on 57 different projects, most of
1375   which didn't inter-operate.
1376   
1377   Managing it in any coherent way was not my responsibility (and beyond
1378   my tolerance for chaos). Too many people. So I privately designated a
1379   person in each group to be the contact and kept watch on the
1380   Repository activity. When something went wrong, I notified the contact
1381   for the group and told him what was happening and *he* kept his troops
1382   in line. They were tougher with their own group that I would have
1383   been.
1384   
1385   Eventually only a few people were willing to touch the control files,
1386   since they were flamed from all directions if they screwed up.
1387   
1388   Situation 5.
1389   
1390   In a medium group of really *serious*, and seriously overworked,
1391   people, someone else was designated the "master". I convinced the
1392   master I knew what I was doing and went on my way.
1393   
1394   No one else in the world was allowed to touch anything.
1395   
1396   Situation 6.
1397   
1398   In a large amorphous group of beginners, experts and clowns, over whom
1399   no one had official control, I was forced to employ a group of
1400   relative beginners (who became experts rather quickly) to police the
1401   world. The ultimate in locking the barn after the horse was stolen, we
1402   kept Chaos from destroying us only by use of superior firepower.
1403   
1404   My choice, if allowed, is to let anyone touch anything. I keep backups
1405   of important items and let people know individually whether I want
1406   them to touch things or not. If someone on my "no touch" list touches
1407   and succeeds, they are allowed more slack. If they screw up after
1408   being warned, their screwup becomes public. After a few months, I
1409   usually have no trouble keeping the world running smoothly, at least
1410   from my (and CVS's) perspective.
1411   
1412   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
1413   
1414    5. Isn't disk space a big factor? CVS copies files out of the Repository,
1415    duplicating everything. 
1416    
1417   Everyone knows that disk space is getting cheaper. How do we reconcile
1418   this with the equally well-known problem that *all* disk is *always*
1419   filled up?
1420   
1421   In my opinion, the main reason disk space will never be an unlimited
1422   resource is that it is the major variable in organizational time/space
1423   tradeoffs. It isn't a problem of waste or an aspect of Murphy's law,
1424   as some claim it is, but rather a direct consequence of good
1425   management. Disk space is, and will always be, a limited resource.
1426   
1427   First, the cost of *deploying* that disk is not dropping as fast as
1428   the cost of the storage medium. The cost of machines to hold the disks
1429   and the networks to connect them are dropping more slowly than disk
1430   media. And the cost of the human time necessary to manage the
1431   machines, networks, disks, and the developers using them, is not
1432   dropping at all. The cost of human time continues to rise.
1433   
1434   If management decides that expensive human time can be saved by using
1435   all that new disk space to keep the last three releases online, then
1436   that's what it will be used for. If each release takes up a Gigabyte
1437   and you support 30 platforms, a simple time-saving suggestion has just
1438   grabbed 100 Gigabytes of disk space. And we've ignored the potential
1439   disk storage needed to support "better Customer Service", another
1440   management refrain.
1441   
1442   Even at 30 cents per Megabyte (next year's price), you've just used up
1443   $30,000 of disk space. And that doesn't count the computers, tape
1444   drives and humans necessary to maintain and deploy all of it. Spending
1445   money to save time has its own overhead, too.
1446   
1447   Binaries are getting bigger. Graphics and data collection devices can
1448   eat up any amount of disk. There are more tools available, more
1449   libraries, more raw data than you can ever store. My home computer has
1450   a Gigabyte of disk on it. It could easily handle 30.
1451   
1452   The "economy" of disk storage media will never remove the need to
1453   manage disk space.
1454   
1455   So, here's an un-reviewed suggestion originally from Graydon Dodson
1456   <grdodson@lexmark.com>, which I've altered and edited heavily.
1457   
1458   - Keep a directory where the whole tree is checked out. (It might be
1459   built and tested once in a while to make sure it is worth linking to,
1460   but that doesn't affect the source control aspect of this procedure).
1461   Let's call it /master/build.
1462   
1463   - Write a tool that creates a tree of directories (like the X11
1464   "lndir" command) filled with links to the checked out files in the
1465   /master/build tree.
1466   
1467   This tool should also provide real copies of, not symlinks to, all the
1468   files within the CVS administrative directories.
1469   
1470   - You could also provide a way for the tool to take a list of whole
1471   directories that you will never change, for which it would create a
1472   single symlink to the directory and not a subtree of symlinks to
1473   files. Or you could rm -r pieces of the resulting working directory
1474   yourself and replace it with links.
1475   
1476   - If you want to edit a file, you have to grab a real copy and keep it
1477   until your revision shows up in the /master/build tree. I'd create a
1478   script to do this: cvsgrab <file>
1479   
1480                #!/bin/csh -f
1481                set f = $1
1482                if (! -l $f) then
1483                   echo "file $f is not a symlink"
1484                   exit 1
1485                endif
1486                rm $f
1487                set rev = `grep "^/$f/" CVS/Entries | awk -F/ '{print $3}'`
1488                cvs update -p -r $rev $f > $f
1489
1490   You can't do a plain "cvs update" since that would grab newer
1491   revisions from the Repository, not the revision you wanted to start
1492   with. After the file is no longer a symlink, you can work normally.
1493   You'll have to run "update" before "commit" anyway if there are newer
1494   revisions.
1495   
1496   - Presumably there would also be a tool to traverse the link tree and
1497   revert it to links if there are no modified files and/or if all the
1498   real files match the revision of the /master/build tree.
1499   
1500   - To avoid confusing CVS when the /master/build revisions are updated
1501   but your CVS/Entries files is not, CVS would have to change to handle
1502   symlinks. It currently causes problems with this scenario:
1503   
1504     ./<file> is a symlink.
1505   
1506     ./CVS/Entries says you are revision 1.2.
1507   
1508     The corresponding CVS/Entries file in /master/build says the latest
1509   revision is 1.3.
1510   
1511     cvs update <file> shows a 'C' conflict flag.
1512   
1513   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
1514   
1515  Category: /Advanced_Topics_/Installing_CVS/
1516  
1517   " + Installing CVS"
1518   
1519    1. What do I have to do before I install CVS? 
1520    
1521     You must decide where to set up a Repository.
1522   
1523   Though you can construct a Repository tree structure using links and
1524   mount points, there must be a single copy of each real file across
1525   your entire organization. You may not "rdist" files and expect to edit
1526   both copies.
1527   
1528   CVS does not support a truly distributed Repository. You can have
1529   multiple Repositories, but each one must be mounted (not copied or
1530   "rdist"ed) from a single place onto all machines where it will be
1531   used.
1532   
1533   Initially, a Repository takes about same amount of disk space as the
1534   sources you want to put into it, plus a bit of overhead for the RCS
1535   files.
1536   
1537   See Section 4B. For multiple Repositories, see 4G.3
1538   
1539     You need a directory in everyone's $PATH variable where you can
1540   install all the executables. /usr/local/bin is a common place.
1541   
1542     You need some helper tools besides CVS such as "RCS" and a good set
1543   of "diff" and "diff3" programs. See 1B.4 for suggestions.
1544   
1545     Read the README, INSTALL and ChangeLog files to see what you are
1546   getting into.
1547   
1548     Though you can probably muddle along without it, you should appoint
1549   one or more "Repository Administrators" who will be responsible for
1550   maintaining the Repository structure, administrative files and the
1551   "modules" interface.
1552   
1553   Someone at your site should probably be on the info-cvs mailing list.
1554   See 1B.5.
1555   
1556   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
1557   
1558    2. How do I configure the CVS programs? 
1559    
1560     You should certainly start by reading the README file, the INSTALL
1561   files and possibly the ChangeLogs in each directory, the Makefile.in
1562   files and the "cvsinit.sh" program.
1563   
1564     Execute the ./configure command.
1565   
1566     Type "make".
1567   
1568     After running "make" you might try running the "sanity.sh" script:
1569   ./src/sanity.sh `pwd`/src/cvs
1570   
1571   It writes into /tmp/cvs-sanity by default.
1572   
1573     Finish reading the INSTALL file and test out the system.
1574   
1575   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
1576   
1577    3. What do I have to install? 
1578    
1579     Install the "cvs" executable and "mkmodules" from the CVS sources.
1580   The man page is useful too. If you plan to report bugs, you should
1581   also install "cvsbug".
1582   
1583     Set your $CVSROOT environment variable and create the Repository
1584   (which you planned out in 4A.1) with the "cvsinit" command at the top
1585   of the CVS sources.
1586   
1587     You'll need to edit the Repository control files created by
1588   "cvsinit".
1589   
1590     Install any helper programs mentioned in the modules file.
1591   
1592   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
1593   
1594    4. How do I work around the merge problems in GNU diff version 2.1 or
1595    later? 
1596    
1597   See 1B.4 If you use recent versions of RCS and "diff", you won't run
1598   into the above. If you do, see 5B.8
1599   
1600   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
1601   
1602  Category: /Advanced_Topics_/Internal_errors/
1603  
1604   " + Internal errors"
1605   
1606    1. Explain: "ci error: unexpected EOF in diff output" 
1607    
1608   RCS versions earlier than 5.5 print the above error when a file does
1609   not end in a newline character. It can be caused by:
1610   
1611   - Editing with Emacs and not using "require-final-newline".
1612   - Committing a binary file.
1613   - Filesystem failures (NFS!) that put nulls in your file.
1614   
1615   The solution is to upgrade to RCS 5.5 or later. (Of course, this won't
1616   fix filesystem failures. It will merely allow RCS (and therefore CVS)
1617   to handle the file without error.)
1618   
1619   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
1620   
1621    2. Explain: "RCS file /Repository/module/file.c,v is in use" 
1622    
1623   This is an RCS error that occurs when its internal lock file has been
1624   left around by an RCS command interrupted by some sort of system
1625   crash, disk failure or SIGKILL signal.
1626   
1627   Go into the Repository and look for files with names similar to
1628   "file.c,v", usually starting with ',', '_' or '#'. Make sure they are
1629   really crash remnants and do not belong to transactions in progress --
1630   a recent last-modified timestamp is a good indicator of a live
1631   transaction. Delete them if they are old.
1632   
1633   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
1634   
1635    3. Explain: "co error, line 2: Missing access list" 
1636    
1637   This is an error message from RCS Version 3 when it tries to read a
1638   file created by a later version of RCS.
1639   
1640   HP decided to "standardize" on an ancient version of RCS some time
1641   ago. You can't use it for CVS. See 4H.6.
1642   
1643   Since the error comes from having a later version of RCS than HP
1644   supports, you probably did install the later version but must have
1645   recently changed your $PATH or installed the HP package that has RCS
1646   in it.
1647   
1648   You should either reconfigure CVS to use absolute pathnames to the
1649   proper versions of the RCS programs that CVS uses, or change your PATH
1650   to look there first. If you haven't installed the latest version of
1651   RCS, you should upgrade. See 1B.4
1652   
1653   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
1654   
1655    4. Explain: "error: RCS file name `xyz .c' contains white space" 
1656    
1657   RCS 5.6 doesn't allow white space in filenames. Apparently this
1658   restriction will be removed in RCS 5.7, but CVS may still require that
1659   filenames have no white space in them.
1660   
1661   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
1662   
1663    5. Explain: cvs checkout: warning: <X> is not (any longer) pertinent 
1664    
1665   This message occurs in three instances:
1666   
1667     When there is an entry in the ./CVS/Entries for file <X> and there
1668   is no RCS file in the Repository to back it up.
1669   
1670   If the working file exists, and hasn't changed (determined from the
1671   timestamp) it is removed.
1672   
1673     When you try to check out a piece of the Repository with:
1674   
1675   cvs checkout some/place/in/repository/tree
1676   
1677   and at least the first element of the path (i.e. "some" in the above)
1678   exists, but some part of the rest of it does not.
1679   
1680   The checkout command checks the modules file first for the whole path,
1681   then for a prefix of the path as a module name. If it doesn't find
1682   *any* portion of your path in the modules file, it says:
1683   
1684                cvs checkout: cannot find module `<module/path>' - ignored
1685
1686   If it finds some set of prefix directories, it prints the message you
1687   see.
1688   
1689   In practice this is usually a spelling error.
1690   
1691     If the Repository files you are trying to check out or update are
1692   not readable by you, the same problems can occur. Check the
1693   permissions on the files involved.
1694   
1695   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
1696   
1697    6. Why did a Repository file change from <file>,v to ,<file>,? 
1698    
1699   This is an RCS problem, since the ,<file>, syntax for file names is
1700   used by RCS and not CVS.
1701   
1702   RCS constructs a new <file>,v in a temporary file named ,<file>,
1703   (which doubles as a lock file) then renames it to <file>,v when it is
1704   done. The only way this is reliable is if your system's version of
1705   rename(2) is an atomic, as required by POSIX.
1706   
1707   If your system has a non-atomic (and therefore non-POSIX) rename(2)
1708   system call, RCS runs uses an internal version of this algorithm to
1709   approximate the atomic rename:
1710   
1711   rm <file>,v; ln ,<file>, <file>,v; rm ,<file>,
1712   
1713   If the system crashes, or you lose your NFS connection between the
1714   first "rm", but before the "ln", you can be left only with the
1715   ,<file>, file. If the crash or network failure occurs between the "ln"
1716   and the final "rm", you could be left with a pair of linked names.
1717   
1718   Recovery:
1719   - If only the ,<file>, exists, rename it to <file>,v.
1720   
1721   - If both ,<file>, and <file>,v exist and are linked, remove the
1722   ,<file>, file.
1723   
1724   - If both ,<file>, and <file>,v exist and are separate files, look at
1725   the dates, "diff" them and make your best guess. This sounds like the
1726   remnants of two separate events.
1727   
1728   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
1729   
1730  Category: /Advanced_Topics_/Other_Systems/
1731  
1732   " + Other Systems"
1733   
1734    1. I use a NeXT. Is there anything I need to know? 
1735    
1736   NeXTSTEP 3.0's Interface Builder uses "nib" directories, rather than
1737   the files used in previous revisions. It removes files it doesn't
1738   recognize, making it impossible to place such a directory under CVS --
1739   the CVS admin directory will be removed.
1740   
1741   Some time ago, <Bob_Vadnais@pdh.com> posted a palette named CVSPalette
1742   that claimed to resolve this problem. It was intended to preserve the
1743   CVS administrative directories within nib documents (directories) that
1744   Interface Builder usually removes.
1745   
1746   CVSPalette is no longer in its announced place:
1747   
1748                ftp.cs.orst.edu:/pub/next/submissions
1749
1750   though I did find two other interesting files on ftp.cs.orst.edu:
1751   
1752                /software/NeXT/sources/tools/cvs-next-2_1_1.tar.Z
1753
1754   which is a port of CVS 1.3 (along with RCS and diff) and:
1755   
1756                /software/NeXT/sources/programming/cvs.postamble-2.4.gz
1757
1758   which appears to be a set of wrappers for CVS commands that claim to
1759   allow you to use CVS effectively (and without need for the "command
1760   line") on a NeXT machine.
1761   
1762   [[Anyone know the truth about CVS and NeXT?]]
1763   
1764   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
1765   
1766    2. I use OS/2 and/or DOS and/or Windows. Is there anything I need to know? 
1767    
1768   When using a local repository, be sure to specify the local access
1769   method or CVS will interpret the drive letter as a remote host name
1770   due to the : following it:
1771   
1772        WRONG:  CVSROOT=C:\SRC\CVSROOT
1773
1774        RIGHT:  CVSROOT=:local:C:\SRC\CVSROOT
1775
1776   (larry.jones@sdrc.com)
1777   
1778   You can share RCS files between Unix and DOS while avoiding the MS-DOS
1779   file name limits by setting your RCSINIT environment variable to
1780   '-x/,v'. New RCS files will be created without the standard ",v"
1781   suffix, though files ending in ",v" will still be found if there is no
1782   matching file in the same directory without the ",v".
1783   
1784   Erik van Linstee offers an OS/2 and a DOS port of CVS 1.3 in:
1785   
1786   ftp.informatik.tu-muenchen.de:/pub/comp/os/os2/gnu/devtools or
1787   ftp.rrzn.uni-hannover.de:/pub/os2-local
1788   
1789   The files are named:
1790   
1791                cvs13p?[bs].zip
1792
1793   Where the ? stands for the patch level (currently 8) and the b is for
1794   the binaries, the s for the sources.
1795   
1796   There are three binaries. An OS/2 only one (32-bit), a DOS only one
1797   (16-bit) and an EMX one that runs on both (32-bit).
1798   
1799   There are many differences between the Unix and the DOS versions of
1800   CVS. Read the material that comes with the DOS version before using
1801   it.
1802   
1803   [[Updates?]].
1804
1805   Last modified: _9/22/1997_
1806   
1807    3. I use SCO Unix. Is there anything I need to know? 
1808    
1809   On SCO/UNIX 3.2 V2.0 POSIX signals don't work. Unfortunately the
1810   configure program detects POSIXness and configures in the use of POSIX
1811   signals. Workaround : Edit out the check for POSIXness in the
1812   configure script. [[You could also remove all occurrences of
1813   "-DPOSIX=1" from the Makefiles after configure is run. -dgg-]]
1814   
1815   SCO/UNIX doesn't understand #!/<some shell> syntax. This breaks the
1816   use of log.pl as it gets invoked by /bin/sh instead of
1817   !#/usr/local/bin/perl. WorkAround : edit log.pl and change it into a
1818   shell script which invokes perl with log.perl (renamed from log.pl) as
1819   input.
1820                                Contributed by Joe Drumgoole
1821
1822   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
1823   
1824    4. I use AIX. Is there anything I need to know? 
1825    
1826   The only report on AIX claims to have no trouble using it in concert
1827   with SunOS and IRIX platforms.
1828   
1829   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
1830   
1831    5. I use IRIX. Is there anything I need to know? 
1832    
1833   If you see "uid" numbers where you would expect user names, try adding
1834   -lsun to the link line. Without it CVS is unable to retrieve "passwd"
1835   data through NIS.
1836   
1837   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
1838   
1839    6. I use an HP system. Is there anything I need to know? 
1840    
1841   HP distributes RCS version 3 (a circa 1983 release!) with HP-UX. CVS
1842   does not work with RCS version 3; it requires RCS version 4 or later.
1843   Your best bet is to find the latest version of RCS and install it
1844   somewhere.
1845   
1846   HP-UX 8.07 has a serious bug with the mmap system call and NFS files;
1847   the bug can crash the operating system. Make sure that you configure
1848   RCS to avoid mmap by setting has_mmap to 0 in RCS's conf.h. This bug
1849   is fixed in HP-UX 9.
1850   
1851                                Contributed by Paul Eggert
1852
1853   If using the setgid() trick described in 4D.13, you will have to
1854   create an entry in the /etc/privgroup file to give the group assigned
1855   to the cvs executable setgid permission (see setprivgrp(1m)).
1856   Additionally, if you are restricting "read" access to the Repository
1857   by limiting access to the executable (this requires yet another
1858   group), then you will require that /etc/logingroup exists and is
1859   configured correctly (usually it's just alink to /etc/group).
1860   
1861                                Contributed by Dale Woolridge
1862
1863   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
1864   
1865    7. I use AFS. Is there anything I need to know? 
1866    
1867   There is a problem with the way CVS performs its locking when the
1868   files are within AFS. When your current PTS id != your uid, the locks
1869   are not deleted. The stat() system call returns the PTS id of the
1870   owner. If that id != your uid, CVS assumes you did not lock it, and
1871   leaves the lock files alone. The next time you try to use it, it
1872   complains that someone has the repository locked.
1873   
1874                                Contributed by Michael Ganzberger
1875
1876   [[This was against CVS 1.3. Is it still in CVS 1.4?]]
1877   
1878   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
1879   
1880    8. I use A/UX. Is there anything I need to know? 
1881    
1882   [[??]]
1883   
1884   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
1885   
1886  Category: /Advanced_Topics_/Related_Software/
1887  
1888   " + Related Software"
1889   
1890    1. How do I use CVS under Emacs? Is there an Emacs cvs-mode? 
1891    
1892   The pcl-cvs package distributed with CVS is an emacs package that
1893   helps with the update/commit process. When you are ready to update,
1894   you use the 'cvs-update' command within emacs. This executes "update"
1895   and fills a cvs-mode buffer with a line for each file that changed.
1896   The most helpful features are: descriptive words for what happened
1897   (i.e. Merged or Conflict rather than 'U' or 'C'), single keys bound to
1898   diffs and commits, and the ability to mark arbitrary groups of files,
1899   possibly from different directories, for commit as a whole.
1900   
1901   All the developers in my group that use emacs find pcl-cvs a much
1902   friendlier and more helpful way to update/commit than raw cvs. One vi
1903   user even converted to emacs just to use pcl-cvs.
1904   
1905                                Contributed by Jeffrey M Loomis
1906
1907   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
1908   
1909    2. What is GIC (Graphical Interface to CVS)? 
1910    
1911
1912
1913
1914        GIC provides a graphical user interface to the Concurrent Version
1915        System (CVS), a powerful revision control system.  GIC is
1916        implemented in the Tcl/Tk programming language and is intended to
1917        augment the sometimes cumbersome CVS command line interface.
1918        
1919        Note that according to the official GIC page at
1920        http://www.cpsc.ucalgary.ca/redirect/grouplab/projects/gic/
1921        GIC is no longer being maintained and tkCVS is recommended
1922        instead.
1923
1924        For more on tkCVS, see
1925	<http://ximbiot.com/cvs/cvshome/dev/addontkcvs.html>.
1926
1927        kingdon@cyclic.com
1928
1929   Last modified: _9/6/1997_
1930   
1931    3. What is CAVEMAN? 
1932    
1933   CAVEMAN is a front end to CVS written in PERL providing a collection
1934   of features desired by the site where it was developed.
1935   
1936   - The ability to spread a "project" over multiple Repositories.
1937   - Optional automatic tagging after each commit.
1938   - Additional locking of files.
1939   - Extra before and after program hooks.
1940   - A layer of event logging.
1941   - All sorts of error messages.
1942   - Many changes to the semantics of commands.
1943   
1944   It is available via anonymous ftp on ftp.llnl.gov [128.115.54.18] in
1945   gnu/caveman_vX.Y.Z.tar.gz (The numbers X, Y, & Z vary.)
1946   
1947   contact Kathleen Dyer kdyer@llnl.gov
1948                                (510)423-6803
1949                                (510)423-5112 FAX
1950
1951   [[Does someone want to elaborate?]]
1952   
1953   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
1954   
1955  Category: /Advanced_Topics_/Setting_up_and_Manag/
1956  
1957   " + Setting up and Managing the Repository"
1958   
1959    1. What do I do first? How do I create a Repository? 
1960    
1961   First, install all the programs. (See Section 4A.)
1962   
1963   Then create a Repository by executing "cvs -d init". (This works with
1964   CVS 1.9.)
1965   
1966   Now you can configure your repository by checking out CVSROOT: "cvs -d
1967   checkout CVSROOT". Change into the created directory CVSROOT. Edit the
1968   files you want to edit, and afterwards, commit the changes by typing
1969   "cvs commit".
1970   
1971   You will certainly want to add modules of your own. Edit the "modules"
1972   file and add lines to describe the items you want to "checkout" by
1973   module name. Here's a short list that could be used for storing a
1974   small number of GNU and PD sources:
1975   
1976                local   local
1977
1978                gnu     local/gnu
1979                emacs   local/gnu/emacs
1980                cvs     local/gnu/cvs
1981
1982                public  local/public
1983                pdprog1 local/public/pdprog1
1984                pdprog2 local/public/pdprog2
1985
1986                test    test
1987                junk    test/junk
1988
1989   Andreas Kostyrka
1990   
1991   Last modified: _4/21/1998_
1992   
1993    2. What are those files in $CVSROOT/CVSROOT? 
1994    
1995   There are eight Repository control (or "database") files of interest
1996   in the CVSROOT directory:
1997   
1998     modules contains the "modules" database. See 1D.11, 2C.7, 4B.6 and
1999   4B.7 for more details.
2000   
2001     commitinfo contains two columns: 1. a regular expression to match
2002   against pathnames within the Repository and
2003   
2004     a <command> to execute for matching pathnames.
2005   
2006   When you execute "commit", CVS passes the Repository pathname for each
2007   directory (and the files to commit within that directory) to
2008   <command>. If <command> exits with a non-zero status, the commit is
2009   blocked.
2010   
2011   A <command> associated with a pathname of "DEFAULT" is executed if
2012   nothing else matches. Every <command> associated with a pathname of
2013   "ALL" is executed separately.
2014   
2015     rcsinfo contains the same first column as commitinfo, but the second
2016   column is a template file for specifying the log entry you are
2017   required to enter for each commit.
2018   
2019   "DEFAULT" and "ALL" work the same as in the commitinfo file.
2020   
2021     editinfo contains the same two columns as commitinfo, but the
2022   <command> in the second column is intended to do some consistency
2023   checking on the commit log.
2024   
2025   "DEFAULT" works as in commitinfo.
2026   
2027     loginfo contains the same two columns as commitinfo, but the
2028   <command> is expected to read a log message from its standard input.
2029   The <command> can do anything it wants with the log information, but
2030   normally it is appended to a log file or sent to mailing lists.
2031   
2032   "DEFAULT" & "ALL" work the same as in commitinfo.
2033   
2034     cvsignore contains "ignore" patterns that are added to the built-in
2035   ignore list. See 2D.10.
2036   
2037     checkoutlist contains a list of other files kept under RCS in
2038   $CVSROOT/CVSROOT that should be checked out by mkmodules to provide a
2039   readable copy.
2040   
2041     history contains a stream of text records, one for each event that
2042   the "history" command is interested in. Though the contents of the
2043   history file can be read, it is intended to be read and displayed by
2044   the "history" command. This file is the only one in the above list
2045   that is not under RCS.
2046   
2047   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
2048   
2049    3. Is there any other state stored in the Repository besides in the
2050    $CVSROOT/CVSROOT directory? 
2051    
2052   Only in the RCS files. The Repository holds exactly two things: the
2053   tree of RCS files (each usually ending in ",v") and the CVSROOT
2054   directory described above.
2055   
2056   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
2057   
2058    4. How do I put sources into the Repository? 
2059    
2060   There are three main ways to put files in the Repository:
2061   
2062     Use the "import" command described in Section 3H.
2063   
2064   This method is the fastest way to put trees of new code into the
2065   Repository and the *only* way to handle source releases from a 3rd
2066   party software vendor.
2067   
2068     Use "add" followed by "commit".
2069   
2070   This is how to add new files and directories to the Repository, a few
2071   at a time. Directories don't need to be committed.
2072   
2073     You can move RCS files directly into the Repository.
2074   
2075   You should create a directory hierarchy to hold them, but you can just
2076   move arbitrary ",v" files into the Repository. The only "state" in the
2077   Repository other than within ",v" files is in the required CVSROOT
2078   directory at the top of the Repository.
2079   
2080   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
2081   
2082    5. What file permissions should I use on (and in) the Repository? 
2083    
2084   If you are using pserver (password-authenticated access), see below.
2085   
2086   If you run a completely open environment (which usually means that you
2087   don't have, or don't want to waste, the time to deal with it):
2088   
2089   - Set all directory permissions to 777.
2090   
2091   - Have everyone set their umasks to 0.
2092   
2093   (BTW, I don't suggest this. I am merely reporting it.)
2094   
2095   If you are a normal Unix shop and want to use groups effectively:
2096   
2097   - Set all the directory permissions in the Repository to 775.
2098   
2099   If you are using a system that handles both System V and BSD
2100   filesystems, you might have to set the permissions to 2775.)
2101   
2102   If you are using one of the many recent versions of Unix that don't
2103   allow you to use the full octal mode, then you'll have to type: chmod
2104   u=rwx,g=rwx,o=rx,g+s dir&gt;
2105   
2106   - Change all the groups on the directories to match the groups you
2107   want to write to various directories.
2108   
2109   - Make sure every user is in the appropriate groups.
2110   
2111   - Have everyone set their umask to 002, including root.
2112   
2113   If you don't want non-group members to even read the files, do the
2114   above, but change:
2115   
2116   - Repository directory permissions to 770. (or 2770)
2117   
2118   - umasks to 007.
2119   
2120   If you work in an environment where people can't be trusted to set
2121   their "umask" to something reasonable, you might want to set the umask
2122   for them:
2123   
2124                mv /usr/local/bin/cvs /usr/local/bin/cvs.real
2125                cat > /usr/local/bin/cvs
2126                #!/bin/sh
2127                umask 2         # Or whatever your site standard is.
2128                exec /usr/local/bin/cvs.real ${1+"$@"}
2129                ^D
2130
2131   Pserver (Password-Authenticated Access) &lt;blome@de.ibm.com&gt;
2132   
2133   The above suggestions are not valid when you use the pserver facility.
2134   Be sure to read and understand the manual section about this (should
2135   be 4.6.something). Above all: do /not/ make the repository and CVSROOT
2136   group writeable. In CVSROOT, make `history� group or world writeable
2137   instead.
2138   
2139   I suggest creating one unix group per project group. In the
2140   repository, you would then create one directory for each group, group
2141   writeable. New projects must then be created in these group
2142   directories. If you don't want to say &lt;group&gt;/&lt;project&gt; on
2143   checkout, create a &lt;project&gt; module and point it there.
2144   
2145   Last modified: _9/24/1998_
2146   
2147    6. How do I structure my Repository? 
2148    
2149   The Repository holds your software. It can be all interrelated or it
2150   can be a bunch of separately managed directories.
2151   
2152   How you break a whole system down into its component parts, while
2153   defining interfaces between them, is one aspect of "Software
2154   Engineering", a discipline that requires the study of dozens of
2155   strange and wonderful areas of the computer and management worlds.
2156   
2157   CVS provides a way to keep track of changes to individual files, a way
2158   to "tag" collections of files, and a way to "name" collections of
2159   files and directories. That's all. Everything else is in the way you
2160   apply it.
2161   
2162   In other words, you should structure your Repository to match your
2163   needs, usually tied in with the other tools you use to build, install
2164   and distribute your work. Common needs include the ability to:
2165   
2166   - mount (or automount) directories from many places in your
2167   organization.
2168   - check out just what you need and no more.
2169   - check out multiple sections in a fixed relation to each other.
2170   - check out large sections to match the assumptions built into your
2171   build system. (Makefiles?)
2172   
2173   In my opinion, you should start small and keep everything in one tree,
2174   placing each major sub-system into a separate directory. Later, when
2175   you know what you are doing, you can make it more sophisticated.
2176   
2177   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
2178   
2179    7. Why would anyone use "modules"? They are too restrictive. I want to be
2180    able to select just the files I want to edit. 
2181    
2182   Any form of structure is restrictive. If you believe that total chaos
2183   is a viable working paradigm, or if you believe you can keep track of
2184   the interrelations between all portions of your Repository in your
2185   head, then you can do what you please.
2186   
2187   If you believe that systems of files require management and structure,
2188   then the "modules" idea is very useful. It is a way to impose a naming
2189   scheme on a tree of files, a naming scheme that can be simpler than a
2190   large list of relative pathnames.
2191   
2192   The "modules" file represents a published interface to the Repository
2193   set up by your Repository Administrator. If s/he did a creditable job,
2194   the modules offered will be internally consistent and will smoothly
2195   interact with the rest of your environment.
2196   
2197   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
2198   
2199    8. How do I rename a file or directory? What are the consequences? 
2200    
2201   In CVS there is no single "rename" command.
2202   
2203   See 2C.4 for the suggested way to rename a file or directory.
2204   
2205   The rest of this section covers some of the consequences of renaming.
2206   
2207   A "renaming database" has been proposed that would keep track of name
2208   changes so that "update -r <tag>" would continue to work across the
2209   renaming. But as it stands, you have to pick one of the following
2210   options:
2211   
2212     Use the technique described in 2C.4. (For each file, duplicate the
2213   file in the Repository, "remove" the old version so it winds up in the
2214   Attic and strip all Tags off the new version.)
2215   
2216   - "update -r <tag>" produces the correct files.
2217   
2218   - The duplicated revision history can be slightly misleading.
2219   
2220   - A plain (i.e. without the "-r <tag>") "checkout" or "update -d" will
2221   create directories "renamed" this way, but you can delete it and a
2222   plain "update" won't bring it back.
2223   
2224     Move the files and directories in the Repository to the new names.
2225   
2226   - You save the revision history under a different file name.
2227   
2228   - You save a little space.
2229   
2230   - "update -r <tag>" produces the wrong files or directories.
2231   
2232   This is not a good general solution, but if you plan never to look
2233   back (someone may be gaining on you!), it is sometimes a useful
2234   notion.
2235   
2236   If you are clever with Makefiles, you might be able to rework them to
2237   handle either the new or old names, depending on which ones exist at
2238   the time. Then you can move an old <tag> onto the new, more
2239   sophisticated, revision of the Makefile. (Yes, this changes the
2240   "released" file if <tag> indicates a release. But it is an option.)
2241   
2242   - Important Note: If you rename a directory, you must rename the
2243   corresponding directory in every checked-out working directory. At the
2244   same time, you must edit the pathname stored in the ./CVS/Repository
2245   file within each of the moved directories.
2246   
2247   The easiest way to move a lot of directories around is to tell
2248   everyone to remove their working directories and check them out again
2249   from scratch.
2250   
2251   - The file exists in the working directory and in the ./CVS/Entries
2252   file, but not in the Repository. For the old file, "update" prints:
2253   
2254   cvs update: xyz.c is no longer in the repository
2255   
2256   and deletes the file. If the file was modified, "update" prints:
2257   
2258   cvs update: conflict: xyz.c is modified but no longer in the
2259   repository C xyz.c
2260   
2261   and leaves the file alone. In the new directory, you see:
2262   
2263   U xyz.c
2264   
2265   as you would if someone else executed "add" and "commit".
2266   
2267     For each file, copy the working file to a new name in the working
2268   directory and use the "cvs remove" to get rid of the old old file and
2269   "cvs add" to add the new one. Since there is no way for CVS to remove
2270   a directory, this only works for files.
2271   
2272   - This is what most people think of first. Without a "rename" command,
2273   the remove/add technique seems obvious.
2274   
2275   - You lose the connection of your new working file to its past
2276   revision history.
2277   
2278   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
2279   
2280    9. What are "Attic" directories? 
2281    
2282   When you use the "remove" command on a file, CVS doesn't delete the
2283   file, it only registers your desire to delete it.
2284   
2285   When you "commit" a removed file, CVS moves the Repository's matching
2286   RCS file into a sub-directory named "Attic" within the Repository.
2287   
2288   Attic files are examined when the '-r' or '-D' option is used on
2289   "checkout" or "update". If the specified revision, tag or date matches
2290   one on a file in the Attic, that file is checked out with the others.
2291   
2292   You can think of the Attic as a sort of dead branch, which is only
2293   looked at when you refer to a <tag> or <date>.
2294   
2295   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
2296   
2297    10. Is it OK to remove anything from the Repository? 
2298    
2299   In general, removing anything from the Repository is a bad idea. The
2300   information in a deleted object is lost forever. There are many ways
2301   to skip over files, directories and revisions without deleting them.
2302   
2303   Here are some of the consequences of removing the following things
2304   stored in the Repository:
2305   
2306     CVSROOT files (Repository control files)
2307   
2308   The Repository will work without any of them, but you should
2309   understand what you are losing by deleting them. See 4B.2.
2310   
2311     Revisions
2312   
2313   The only way to remove revisions is to use the "admin -o" command (or
2314   the equivalent RCS command "rcs -o").
2315   
2316   They are lost forever. Any tags formerly attached to deleted revisions
2317   are now pointing into the Phantom Zone. You'll need to contact Jor-el
2318   to get them back.
2319   
2320     Files
2321   
2322   You should not remove a file unless you truly never want to see it
2323   again. If you want to be able to check out an old revision of this
2324   file, use "cvs remove" instead.
2325   
2326     Tags
2327   
2328   Tags take up little space and you can't recover from deleting them. If
2329   you depend on tags for releases you will lose vital information.
2330   
2331     Directories
2332   
2333   There is no Attic for directories, so the only way to remove them is
2334   to use "rm -r". They are gone forever.
2335   
2336   If you delete (or move) a directory, all checked-out versions of that
2337   directory will cause CVS to halt. You'll have to visit each
2338   checked-out directory and remove the matching working directory by
2339   hand.
2340   
2341     Attic files
2342   
2343   The "remove" command sends files to the Attic. To really delete them,
2344   you have to go into the Attic and use "rm".
2345   
2346   If a file in the Attic has a Tag on it that you might ever want to
2347   check out again, you probably don't want to delete it.
2348   
2349     Lock files (named: "#cvs.[wr]fl.<pid>")
2350   
2351   These are lock files. If you are getting "lock" errors and the dates
2352   on the lock files indicate that they are old, you can delete them.
2353   
2354   Deleting lock files still in use by a CVS process might produce
2355   unusual errors.
2356   
2357   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
2358   
2359    11. Can I convert to CVS from RCS without losing my revision history? 
2360    
2361   Yes, you can simply move (or copy) your RCS files into a directory
2362   within the Repository, check out that directory and start working.
2363   
2364   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
2365   
2366    12. Can I move RCS files with branches in them into the Repository? 
2367    
2368   Yes, but they may not work if you created branches in a way that
2369   conflicts with CVS's assumptions:
2370   
2371     You can't use .0. branches. (They are reserved for "Magic" branch
2372   tags.)
2373   
2374     If you use branch 1.1.1, you can't use the Vendor branch.
2375   
2376   You can use other RCS branches under CVS. There is no need to create
2377   "magic" branch tags because the physical branch already exists.
2378   
2379   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
2380   
2381    13. Can I use raw RCS commands on the Repository? 
2382    
2383   You can use raw rcs commands directly on the Repository if you take a
2384   little care. The Repository itself contains no "CVS state" (as opposed
2385   to RCS revision histories) outside the CVSROOT directory.
2386   
2387   But using raw RCS commands to change branches, tags or other things
2388   that CVS depends on may render the files unusable.
2389   
2390   See 4D.7 on RCS/CVS sharing of the Repository and Section 3B on the
2391   "admin" command.
2392   
2393   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
2394   
2395    14. How do I convert from SCCS to RCS? 
2396    
2397   You'll have to execute something like "sccs2rcs" (in the CVS contrib
2398   directory) on every file. Then you can move the resulting RCS files
2399   into the Repository as described above.
2400   
2401   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
2402   
2403    15. How do I limit access to the Repository? 
2404    
2405   There are all sorts of ways to restrict access to Repository files,
2406   none of which are hooked directly into CVS.
2407   
2408   Techniques for limiting access include:
2409   
2410     Training, management and good backups.
2411   
2412   The best form of Repository control is a combination of:
2413   
2414   - A reliable backup scheme (verify it!)
2415   - Enough training to ensure your developers are competent and
2416   knowledgeable about all areas of your sources.
2417   - Effective management of the boundaries and grey areas.
2418   
2419   In many cases, technical solutions to "security" problems are
2420   inadequate. You should first try to avoid them.
2421   
2422   Personal Opinion: In an environment where "unknowns" are allowed to
2423   touch important sources the "owner" of the CVS Repository must be a
2424   large, loud, vigorous lout with a well-balanced truncheon and the
2425   right to use it. Don't underestimate the effectiveness of letting
2426   everyone know they will be strapped into the stocks on the Town Common
2427   and pelted with vegetables if they break something they don't
2428   understand without first asking the experts.
2429   
2430     Set Unix groups and permissions. See 4B.5. You can set different
2431   owners, groups and permissions for each sub-directory within the
2432   Repository if that helps.
2433   
2434     Catch invocations of "commit" by defining pre-commit programs in the
2435   "commitinfo" file. This is fairly powerful, since it can block commits
2436   based on anything you can program. Take a look at the programs in the
2437   "contrib" directory of the CVS source tree.
2438   
2439     Use multiple Repositories, each with its own protection scheme. If
2440   you use NFS (or AFS) you can even use "export" restrictions to various
2441   groups of machines to keep (for example) the Engineering Repository
2442   off the Customer Service machines.
2443   
2444     Try the "setgid" trick described in 4D.13.
2445   
2446     Try to use the RCS access control lists, though I don't think CVS
2447   will handle them cleanly.
2448   
2449     Edit the source code to CVS to add your own access control.
2450   
2451   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
2452   
2453    16. What are the Repository Administrator's responsibilities? 
2454    
2455   Generally, the Administrator should set "policy", create the
2456   Repository and monitor its size and control files.
2457   
2458   Some specific responsibilities include:
2459   
2460     Examining the Repository once in a while to clean up:
2461   
2462     Trash files left by misguided developers who mistake the Repository
2463   for a working directory.
2464   
2465     Non-RCS files. Other than the files CVS needs in the
2466   $CVSROOT/CVSROOT directory, every file in the Repository should be an
2467   RCS file.
2468   
2469     Lock files (both CVS '#*' and RCS ',*' files) left around after
2470   crashes.
2471   
2472     Wrong permissions, groups and ownerships.
2473   
2474     Locked files. (RCS locks, that is.)
2475   
2476     Attic files that should never have been under CVS at all. Don't
2477   blindly delete files from Attic directories -- they were mostly put
2478   there (via the "cvs remove") for a reason. Files that should be
2479   deleted are binary files (e.g. '*.o', 'core', executables) that were
2480   mistakenly inserted by "import -I !".
2481   
2482     Maintaining the modules file.
2483   
2484     Storing site-specific ignore patterns in the
2485   $CVSROOT/CVSROOT/cvsignore file.
2486   
2487     Storing the names of non-standard CVSROOT files (See 4B.2) in the
2488   $CVSROOT/CVSROOT/checkoutlist
2489   
2490     Maintaining the other Repository control files: commitinfo, loginfo,
2491   rcsinfo and editinfo.
2492   
2493     Pruning the history file every once in a while. (Try the
2494   "cln_hist.pl" script in the "contrib" directory.)
2495   
2496     Staying aware of developments on the info-cvs mailing list and what
2497   is available in the FTP and WWW archives.
2498   
2499     Running "ps ax" once in a while and kill off any "update" programs
2500   not running as "root". It is too easy to leave the "cvs" off the front
2501   of the "cvs update" command.
2502   
2503     Executing monitor programs to check the internal consistency of the
2504   Repository files. Ideas:
2505   
2506     Files that have a default RCS branch that is not 1.1.1 (From an
2507   abuse of "admin -b".)
2508   
2509     Files that have only Revisions 1.1 and 1.1.1.1, with a default
2510   branch of "MAIN". (From an abuse of "admin -o".)
2511   
2512     Existing branch tags and various branch consistency checks.
2513   
2514   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
2515   
2516    17. How do I move the whole Repository? 
2517    
2518   Copy or move the tree. (On Unix systems, a set of piped "tar" commands
2519   works great. If the Repository does not contain any symlinks, which it
2520   normally doesn't, you can also use "cp -r".)
2521   
2522   If you can avoid changing $CVSROOT (i.e. the "logical" pathname of the
2523   Repository) by replacing the old location with a symbolic link to the
2524   new location, you don't have to do anything else.
2525   
2526   (You could also mount the new location on top of the old location if
2527   you are using NFS or some other filesystem that allows it.)
2528   
2529   If you must change $CVSROOT, you must also tell everyone to change the
2530   CVSROOT environment variable in all running shells and in any personal
2531   configuration files ('.' files on Unix) where it is set.
2532   
2533   The Repository itself contains no references to its own name, except
2534   possibly in some of the files in the CVSROOT directory. If your
2535   modules (or loginfo, commitinfo, etc.) file mentions helper programs
2536   directly in the Repository, you'll have to change the pathnames to
2537   point to the new Repository location.
2538   
2539   The main changes you'll have to make are to all the CVS administrative
2540   files (./CVS/Repository and ./CVS/Root) in every working directory
2541   ever checked out from the previous location of the Repository you just
2542   moved.
2543   
2544   You have three choices:
2545   
2546     If all ./CVS/Repository files in all working directories contain
2547   relative pathnames, you don't have to do anything else.
2548   
2549     Have everyone "release" or delete their working directories (after
2550   committing, or just saving, their work) and check them all out again
2551   from the new Repository after the move.
2552   
2553     Use "find . ( -name Repository -o -name Root )" and a PERL or shell
2554   script to run through all the ./CVS/Repository and ./CVS/Root files
2555   and edit the values in the files.
2556   
2557   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
2558   
2559    18. How do I change permissions on a file in the Repository by using a CVS
2560    command? (i.e. without using "chmod 777 $CVSROOT/dir/file") 
2561    
2562   When you first "import" or "add"/"commit" a file, the read and execute
2563   bits on the Repository file are inherited from the original source
2564   file, while the write bits on the Repository file are are turned off.
2565   This is a standard RCS action.
2566   
2567   After that, there is no way to alter the permissions on a file in the
2568   Repository using CVS (or RCS) commands. You have to change the
2569   permissions on both your working file and on the Repository file from
2570   which it was retrieved.
2571   
2572   Whenever you "checkout" the file or retrieve a new revision via
2573   "update" (or after a "commit"), your working file is set to match the
2574   permissions of the Repository file, minus any "umask" bits you have
2575   set.
2576   
2577   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
2578   
2579  Category: /Advanced_Topics_/Tricks_of_the_Trade/
2580  
2581   " + Tricks of the Trade"
2582   
2583    1. How can you even check in binary files, let alone allow CVS to do its
2584    auto-merge trick on them? 
2585    
2586
2587First of all, if you want to use binary files, you should get RCS 5.7
2588and CVS 1.9 or later (earlier versions had some support, but there have been
2589bug fixes).  Secondly, follow the instructions for installing RCS very
2590carefully (it is easy to get it installed so it works for everything
2591except binary files).
2592
2593Then, specify 'cvs add -kb' instead of just 'cvs add' to add a binary
2594file.  If you want to set an existing file to binary, run 'cvs admin
2595-kb' (and then check in a new copy of the file).  Note that old
2596versions of CVS used -ko instead of -kb for binary files, so if you
2597see a reference to -ko in the context of binary files, you should
2598think -kb instead.
2599
2600Of course when 'cvs update' finds that a merge is needed, it can't
2601do this for binary files the same way as for text files.  With the
2602latest versions (e.g. CVS 1.9.14), it should be able to give you both
2603versions and let you merge manually.  Another approach is to
2604run 'cvs admin -l' to lock files, as described in
2605"How can I lock files while I'm working on them the way RCS does?"
2606elsewhere in this FAQ.  See also
2607"Is there any way to import binary files?" and
2608"How do I "add" a binary file?" elsewhere in this FAQ.
2609
2610kingdon@cyclic.com
2611
2612   Last modified: _9/6/1997_
2613   
2614    2. Can I edit the RCS (",v") files in the Repository? 
2615    
2616   Yes, but be very careful. The RCS files are not free-form files, they
2617   have a structure that is easily broken by hand-editing. The only time
2618   I would suggest doing this is to recover from emergency failures that
2619   are difficult to deal with using CVS commands, including the "admin"
2620   command, which can talk directly to RCS.
2621   
2622   Though no one actively encourages the editing of RCS files, many
2623   people have succumbed to the urge to do so when pressed for time. The
2624   reasons given, usually with evident contrition, include:
2625   
2626   - Editing mistakes in, or adding text to, log entries. (If you have
2627   RCS 5.6 or later, you should use `cvs admin -m'.)
2628   - Renaming or moving symbolic names. (You should `cvs admin -N'
2629   instead.)
2630   - Unlocking a file by changing the "locker" from someone else to
2631   yourself. (It's safer to use `cvs admin -u -l'.)
2632   - Making global changes to past history. Example: Eradicating former
2633   employees names from old documents and Author entries. (And someone
2634   thought the "history" command was evidence of Big Brother! I never
2635   realized how much help a wide-open revision control system could have
2636   provided to The Ministry of Truth.)
2637   
2638   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
2639   
2640    3. Can I edit the ./CVS/{Entries,Repository,Tag} files? 
2641    
2642   Yes, but with CVS 1.3 and later, there is almost no reason to edit any
2643   of the CVS administrative files.
2644   
2645   If you move pieces of your Repository around it can be faster to edit
2646   all the ./CVS/Repository files rather than checking out a large tree.
2647   But that is nearly the only reason to do so.
2648   
2649   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
2650   
2651    4. Someone executed "admin -o" and removed revisions to which tags/symbols
2652    were attached. How do I fix them? 
2653    
2654   It depends on what you mean by "fix". I can think of three ways to fix
2655   your predicament:
2656   
2657     Remove the tags.
2658   
2659   Assuming you really wanted to get rid of the revision and its
2660   associated tags, you can remove them with the "admin" command. The
2661   "tag -d" command will only remove tags attached to existing revisions.
2662   You can remove a tag, even if it is attached to a non-existent
2663   revision, by typing:
2664   
2665                cvs admin -N<tag> <file>
2666
2667     Retrieve the outdated revision.
2668   
2669   You should first look in your backup system for recent versions of the
2670   file. If you can't use them, you can carefully extract each revision
2671   that followed the earliest outdated revision using RCS (or "cvs
2672   admin") commands and reconstruct the file with all the right
2673   revisions, branches and tags. This is a lot of work.
2674   
2675   You *can't* insert a revision into the current RCS file.
2676   
2677     Move the Tags to another revision in each file.
2678   
2679   If you want to move the tags to another valid revision, you have two
2680   choices, both of which require that you find all the revision numbers
2681   of the files you want to "tag" and execute the following command
2682   sequences on each <file>.
2683   
2684     Use "update" to grab the revision you want, then execute a normal
2685   "tag" command to Tag that revision:
2686   
2687                        cvs update -r <rev> <file>
2688                        cvs tag <tag> <file>
2689
2690     Use "admin" to set the tag to a specific revision:
2691   
2692                        cvs admin -N<tag>:<rev> <file>
2693
2694   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
2695   
2696    5. How do I move or rename a magic branch tag? 
2697    
2698   (To rename a non-branch <tag> see 3O.9.)
2699   
2700   Before reading this, read 3M.3 and 3M.4 and understand exactly how tag
2701   and rtag use '-r' and why it won't do the right job here.
2702   
2703     First, I have to explain exactly what a magic branch tag is.
2704   
2705   A magic <branch_tag> is an artificial tag attached to a non-existent
2706   revision on a non-existent branch number zero. It looks like this:
2707   
2708                TAG1:<X>.0.Y
2709
2710   <X> is the "branch point revision", a normal revision with an
2711                odd number of '.'s in it. (e.g. 1.5, 1.3.1.6, etc)
2712
2713             Y  is an even number (e.g. 2, 4, 6, etc.)  All CVS branches,
2714                other than the Vendor branch, are even numbered.
2715
2716   TAG1 is considered by CVS to be attached to revision <X>. The first
2717   "update -r TAG1 <file>" after applying TAG1 will produce a copy of
2718   revision <X> with a sticky tag of TAG1. The first "commit" to that
2719   file will cause CVS to construct an RCS branch named <X>.Y and check
2720   in revision <X>.Y.1 on the new branch.
2721   
2722   Note: TAG1 is *not* considered to be attached to <X> by RCS, which
2723   explains why you can't refer directly to the branch point revision for
2724   some CVS commands.
2725   
2726     Moving a magic <branch_tag> is the act of reapplying the same tag to
2727   different revisions in the file:
2728   
2729                TAG1:<X>.0.Y
2730           to
2731                TAG1:<X>.0.Z    or      TAG1:<A>.0.B
2732
2733   You can move a magic branch tag to the revisions of your choice by
2734   using "update" to find the revisions you want to tag and reapplying
2735   the tag to all the files with the '-F' option to force it to move the
2736   existing <branch_tag>.
2737   
2738                cvs update -r <tag/rev>  (or '-A' for the Main Branch)
2739                cvs tag -F -b <branch_tag>
2740
2741   If the earlier location of TAG1 refers to a physical branch within any
2742   RCS file, moving it will make the existing branch in the file seem to
2743   disappear from CVS's view. This is not a good idea unless you really
2744   want to forget the existence of those RCS branches.
2745   
2746   If the "update" above retrieves the original branch point revision
2747   (<X>), the "tag" command above will create the tag:
2748   
2749                TAG1:<X>.0.Z
2750
2751   Where Z is 2 greater than the highest magic branch already on revision
2752   <X>. The TAG1 branch will still have the same branch point (i.e.
2753   revision <X>), but the first commit to the new TAG1 branch will create
2754   a different RCS branch number (<X>.Z instead of <X>.Y).
2755   
2756     Renaming a magic <branch_tag> is the act of changing
2757   
2758                TAG1:<X>.0.Y
2759           to
2760                TAG2:<X>.0.Y
2761
2762   There is no harm in changing a tag name as long as you forget that
2763   TAG1 ever existed and you clean up any working directories with sticky
2764   TAG1 tags on them by using "update -A", "update -r <other_tag>" or by
2765   removing the working directories.
2766   
2767   On the other hand, actually changing the tag is not easy.
2768   
2769   See 3M.3 for why the seemingly obvious solution won't work:
2770   
2771                cvs tag -b -r <old_branch_tag> <new_branch_tag>
2772
2773   The only direct way to rename a magic tag is to use the "admin"
2774   command on each file: (You might want to use '-n'. Read "man rcs" and
2775   look at the '-n' and '-N' options.)
2776   
2777                cvs admin -N<new_branch_tag>:<old_branch_tag> .
2778                cvs tag -d <old_branch_tag>
2779
2780   But you have to be careful because "admin" is different from other CVS
2781   commands:
2782   
2783     "admin" can be used recursively, but only by specifying directory
2784   names in its argument list (e.g. '.'),
2785   
2786     Where "rtag -r <old_branch_tag>" would interpret <old_branch_tag> as
2787   a magic CVS branch tag, "admin" is a direct interface to RCS which
2788   sees a magic branch tag as a simple (though non-existent) RCS revision
2789   number.
2790   
2791   This is good for us in this particular case, but different from normal
2792   CVS.
2793   
2794     "admin" also skips the Attic and produces different kinds of errors
2795   than CVS usually does. (Because they are coming directly from RCS.)
2796   
2797   The other way to rename a magic <branch_tag> is to edit the Repository
2798   files with a script of some kind. I've done it in the past, but I'll
2799   leave it as an exercise for the reader.
2800   
2801   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
2802   
2803    6. Can I use RCS locally to record my changes without making them globally
2804    visible by committing them? 
2805    
2806   You can, but it will probably confuse CVS to have ",v" files in your
2807   working directory. And you will lose all your log entries when you
2808   finally commit it.
2809   
2810   Your best bet is to create your own CVS branch and work there. You can
2811   commit as many revisions as you want, then merge it back into the main
2812   line (or parent branch) when you are finished.
2813   
2814   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
2815   
2816    7. How can I allow access to the Repository by both CVS and RCS? 
2817    
2818   The first step is to try not to. If some people are using CVS, there
2819   is no reason for everyone not to. It is not hard to learn the basics
2820   and CVS makes certain operations *easier* than a series of RCS
2821   commands. Personal preference in what software tools can be applied to
2822   a shared Repository has to take second place to system integration
2823   needs. If you disagree, try writing some Lisp code for inclusion in
2824   your Unix kernel and see what kind of reception you get.
2825   
2826   If you really must allow routine RCS access to the CVS Repository, you
2827   can link an RCS sub-directory into a piece of the Repository:
2828   
2829                ln -s /Repository/some/directory/I/want RCS
2830
2831   and RCS will work just fine.
2832   
2833   Those who are using RCS will have to keep the following in mind:
2834   
2835     If a file was originally added to the Repository by "import" and has
2836   not been changed using CVS, the *RCS* default branch will remain
2837   attached to the Vendor branch, causing revisions checked-in by "ci" to
2838   wind up on the Vendor branch, instead of the main branch. Only CVS
2839   moves the RCS default branch on first commit.
2840   
2841   The way around this is to checkin (using "ci") all the files first and
2842   move them into the Repository. That way they won't have Vendor
2843   branches. Then RCS will work OK.
2844   
2845     It is possible to use "rcs" and "ci" to make the files unusable by
2846   CVS. The same is true of the CVS "admin" command.
2847   
2848     Normal RCS practice locks a file on checkout with "co -l". In such
2849   an environment, RCS users should plan to keep survival gear and food
2850   for at least 30 days near their desks. When faced with bizarre and
2851   unexpected permission errors, howling mobs of slavering CVS users will
2852   run the RCS users out of town with pitchforks and machetes.
2853   
2854   See 3C.8 for a way to avoid machetes aroused by lock collisions.
2855   
2856     Though files checked in by RCS users will correctly cause
2857   "up-to-date" failures during CVS "commits" and they will be
2858   auto-merged into CVS working directories during "update", the opposite
2859   won't happen.
2860   
2861   RCS users will get no warning and will not be required to merge older
2862   work into their code. They can easily checkin an old file on top of a
2863   new revision added by CVS, discarding work committed earlier by CVS
2864   users.
2865   
2866   See the howling mob scenario described above.
2867   
2868   RCS is great. I have used it for years. But I wouldn't mix it this
2869   way. In a two-camp society, you are asking for real trouble, both in
2870   technical hassles to clean up and in political hassles to soothe.
2871   Branch merges will also be a major problem.
2872   
2873   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
2874   
2875    8. I "updated" a file my friend, "bubba", committed yesterday. Why doesn't
2876    the file now have a modified date of yesterday? 
2877    
2878   CVS restores dates from the RCS files only on first "checkout". After
2879   that, it is more important to maintain a timestamp relative to the
2880   other files in the working directory.
2881   
2882   Example: You committed a source file at 5PM. Bubba updated his copy of
2883   the file, grabbing your changes, then changed and committed a new
2884   revision of the file at 6PM. At 7PM, you compile your file. Then you
2885   execute "update". If CVS sets the date to the one in the RCS file, the
2886   file would be given a timestamp of 6PM and your Makefile wouldn't
2887   rebuild anything that depended on it. Bad news.
2888   
2889   Note that the same logic applies to retrieving a revision out of the
2890   Repository to replace a deleted file. If CVS changes your file in an
2891   existing working directory, whether it was because a new revision was
2892   committed by someone else or because you deleted your working file,
2893   the timestamp on the retrieved working file *must* be set to the
2894   current time.
2895   
2896   When you first retrieve a file, there is no reason to expect any
2897   particular timestamp on the file within your working area. But later,
2898   when dependency checking is performed during a build, it is more
2899   important for the timestamps on the local files to be consistent with
2900   each other than than it is for working files to match the timestamps
2901   on the files in the Repository. See 4D.17 for some more about
2902   timestamps.
2903   
2904   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
2905   
2906    9. Why do timestamps sometimes get set to the date of the revision,
2907    sometimes not? The inconsistency causes unnecessary recompiles. 
2908    
2909   The "checkout" command normally sets the timestamp of a working file
2910   to match the timestamp stored on the revision in the Repository's RCS
2911   file.
2912   
2913   The "commit" command retains the timestamp of the file, if the act of
2914   checking it in didn't change it (by expanding keywords).
2915   
2916   The "update" command sets the time to the revision time the first time
2917   it sees the file. After that, it sets the time of the file to the
2918   current time. See 4D.8 for a reason why.
2919   
2920   Here's a two-line PERL program to set timestamps on files based on
2921   other timestamps. I've found this program useful. When you are certain
2922   you don't want a source file to be recompiled, you can set its
2923   timestamp to the stamp on the object file.
2924   
2925        #!/usr/local/bin/perl
2926        #
2927        # Set timestamp of args 2nd-Last to that of the first arg.
2928        #
2929        ($dev,$ino,$mode,$nlink,$uid,$gid,$rdev,$size,$atime,$mtime,$ctime)
2930                = stat(shift);
2931        utime($atime,$mtime,@ARGV);
2932
2933   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
2934   
2935    10. While in the middle of a large "commit", how do I run other commands,
2936    like "diff" or "stat" without seeing lock errors? 
2937    
2938   Type:
2939                cvs -n <command>
2940
2941   The '-n' option to the main cvs command turns off lock checking, a
2942   reasonable act for read-only commands given the promise offered by
2943   '-n' not to alter anything. The "diff", "log" and "stat" commands
2944   provide the same information (for files that are not being committed)
2945   when used with and without the '-n' option.
2946   
2947   Warning: Ignoring locks can produce inconsistent information across a
2948   collection of files if you are looking at the revisions affected by an
2949   active commit. Be careful when creating "patches" from the output of
2950   "cvs -n diff". If you are looking only at your working files, tagged
2951   revisions, and BASE revisions (revisions whose numbers are read from
2952   your ./CVS/Entries files), you should get consistent results. Of
2953   course, if you catch a single file in the middle of RCS activity, you
2954   might get some strange errors.
2955   
2956   Note that the suggested command is "cvs -n <command>". The visually
2957   similar command "cvs <command> -n" has no relation to the suggested
2958   usage and has an entirely different meaning for each command.
2959   
2960   "cvs -n update" also works in the middle of a commit, providing
2961   slightly different information from a plain "cvs update". But, of
2962   course, it also avoids modifying anything.
2963   
2964   You could also use the RCS functions, "rlog" and "rcsdiff" to display
2965   some of the information by referring directly to the Repository files.
2966   
2967   You need RCS version 5 or later for the commands described above to
2968   work reliably.
2969   
2970   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
2971   
2972    11. Where did the ./CVS/Entries.Static file come from? What is it for? 
2973    
2974   Each CVS working directory contains a ./CVS/Entries file listing the
2975   files managed by CVS in that working directory. Normally, if the
2976   "update" command finds a file in the Repository that is not in the
2977   ./CVS/Entries file, "update" copies the appropriate revision of the
2978   "new" file out of the Repository and adds the filename to the Entries
2979   file. This happens for files:
2980   
2981     Added to the Repository from another working directory.
2982   
2983     Dragged out of the Attic when switching branches with "update -A" or
2984   "update -r".
2985   
2986     Whose names were deleted from the ./CVS/Entries file.
2987   
2988   If the ./CVS/Entries.Static file exists, CVS will only bring out
2989   revisions of files that are contained in either ./CVS/Entries or
2990   ./CVS/Entries.Static. If a Repository file is found in *neither* file,
2991   it is ignored.
2992   
2993   The ./CVS/Entries.Static file is created when you check out an
2994   individual file or a module that creates working directories that
2995   don't contain all files in the corresponding Repository directory. In
2996   those cases, without an ./CVS/Entries.Static file, a simple "update"
2997   would bring more files out of the Repository than the original
2998   "checkout" wanted.
2999   
3000   The ./CVS/Entries.Static file can be removed by hand. It is
3001   automatically removed if you run "update -d" to create new directories
3002   (even if no new directories are created). (Internally, since
3003   "checkout" turns on the '-d' flag and calls the "update" routine, a
3004   "checkout" of a module or directory that writes into an existing
3005   directory will also remove the ./CVS/Entries.Static file.)
3006   
3007   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
3008   
3009    12. Why did I get the wrong Repository in the loginfo message? 
3010    
3011   You probably:
3012   
3013     Use multiple Repositories.
3014   
3015     Configured CVS to use absolute pathnames in the ./CVS/Repository
3016   file.
3017   
3018     Configured CVS not to use the ./CVS/Root file.
3019   
3020     Typed the "commit" command in one Repository with your $CVSROOT
3021   pointing at another.
3022   
3023   "commit" and all other CVS commands will heed an absolute pathname in
3024   the ./CVS/Repository file (or in the "-d CVSrootdir" override), but
3025   the log function doesn't take arguments -- it just looks at $CVSROOT.
3026   
3027   If you avoid even one of the four steps above, you won't see this
3028   problem. If you configure ./CVS/Root, you won't be allowed to execute
3029   the program causing the error.
3030   
3031   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
3032   
3033    13. How do I run CVS setuid so I can only allow access through the CVS
3034    program itself? 
3035    
3036   Setuid to root is not a great idea. Any program that modifies files
3037   and is used by a widely distributed group of users is not a good
3038   candidate for a setuid program. (The worst suggestion I've ever heard
3039   was to make *Emacs* setuid to root.)
3040   
3041   Root access on Unix is too powerful. Also, it might not work in some
3042   (secure?) environments.
3043   
3044   Running it setuid to some user other than root might work, if you add
3045   this line to main.c near the beginning:
3046   
3047                setuid(geteuid());
3048
3049   Otherwise it uses *your* access rights, rather than the effective
3050   uid's.
3051   
3052   Also, you have to invent a fake user whose name will show up in
3053   various places. But many sites, especially those who might want a
3054   setuid CVS for "security", want personal accountability -- no generic
3055   accounts. I don't know whether accountability outweighs file security.
3056   
3057   And finally, unless you take action to limit the "admin" command, you
3058   are leaving yourself unprotected anyway.
3059   
3060   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
3061   
3062    14. How about using groups and setgid() then? 
3063    
3064   Here is a way to run CVS setgid in some environments:
3065   
3066     Stick this near the front of the main() in main.c:
3067   
3068   setgid(getegid());
3069   
3070   This will allow "access" to work on systems where it only works on the
3071   real gid.
3072   
3073     Create a group named "cvsg". (This example uses "cvsg". You can name
3074   it as you wish.)
3075   
3076     Put *no* users in the "cvsg" group. You can put Repository
3077   administrators in this group if you want to.
3078   
3079     Set the cvs executable to setgid (not setuid):
3080   
3081   cd /usr/local/bin; chown root.cvsg cvs; chmod 2755 cvs
3082   
3083     Make sure every file in the Repository is in group "cvsg":
3084   
3085   chown -R root.cvsg $CVSROOT
3086   
3087     Change all directory permissions to 770. This allows all access to
3088   the files by the "cvsg" group (which has no members!) and no access at
3089   all to anyone else.
3090   
3091   find $CVSROOT -type d -exec chmod 2770 {} \;
3092   
3093   On some systems you might have to type:
3094   
3095   find $CVSROOT -type d -exec chmod u=rwx,g=rwx,o=,g+s {} \;
3096   
3097   This should allow only the cvs program (or other "setgid to group
3098   cvsg") programs to write into the area, but no one else. Yes the user
3099   winds up owning the file, but s/he can't find it again later since
3100   s/he can't traverse the tree. (If you enable the world execute bit
3101   (mode 2771) on directories, users can traverse the tree and the user
3102   who last wrote the file can still write to it.)
3103   
3104   If you want to allow read access, check out an entire tree somewhere.
3105   You have to do this anyway to build it.
3106   
3107   Note: If you are using a stupid file system that can't inherit file
3108   groups from the parent directory (even with the "setgid" (Octal 2000)
3109   bit set), you might have to modify CVS (or RCS) to reset the group
3110   every time you create a new file. I have not tested this.
3111   
3112   The setgid() method shares with the setuid() method the problem of
3113   keeping "admin" from breaking things.
3114   
3115   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
3116   
3117    15. How do I use the "commitinfo" file? 
3118    
3119   Go read 4B.2 first.
3120   
3121   The "commitinfo" file allows you to execute "sanity check" functions
3122   before allowing a commit. If any function called from within the
3123   commitinfo file exits with a non-zero status, the commit is denied.
3124   
3125   To fill out a "commitinfo" file, ask yourself (and those sharing your
3126   Repository) these questions:
3127   
3128   - Is there anything you want to check or change before someone is
3129   allowed to commit a file? If not, forget commitinfo.
3130   
3131   If you want to serialize binary files, you might consider something
3132   like the rcslock.pl program in the contrib directory of the CVS
3133   sources.
3134   
3135   - Do you want to execute the same exact thing before committing to
3136   every file in the Repository? (This is useful if you want to program
3137   the restrictions yourself.) If so, set up a single line in the
3138   commitinfo:
3139   
3140                DEFAULT         /absolute/path/to/program
3141
3142   CVS executes the program once for each directory that "commit"
3143   traverses, passing as arguments the directory and the files to be
3144   committed within that directory.
3145   
3146   Write your program accordingly. Some examples exist in the contrib
3147   directory.
3148   
3149   - Do you want a different kind of sanity check performed for different
3150   directories? If so, you'll have to decide what to do for all
3151   directories and enter lines like this:
3152   
3153                regexp1         /absolute/path/to/program-for-regexp1
3154                regexp2         /absolute/path/to/program-for-regexp2
3155                DEFAULT         /absolute/path/to/program-for-all-else
3156
3157   - Is there anything you want to happen before *all* commits, in
3158   addition to other pattern matches? If so, include a line like this:
3159   
3160                ALL             /absolute/path/to/program
3161
3162   It is executed independently of all the above. And it's repeatable --
3163   you can have as many ALL lines as you like.
3164   
3165   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
3166   
3167    16. How do I use the "loginfo" files? 
3168    
3169   See 4B.2 and the "commitinfo" question above.
3170   
3171   The "loginfo" file has the same format as the "commitinfo" file, but
3172   its function is different. Where the "commitinfo" information is used
3173   before a commit, the "loginfo" file is used after a commit.
3174   
3175   All the commands in the "loginfo" file should read data from standard
3176   input, then either append it to a file or send a message to a mailing
3177   list. If you want to make it simple, you can put shell (the shell used
3178   by "popen(3)") command lines directly in the "loginfo" (or
3179   "commitinfo") file. These seem to work:
3180   
3181   ^special /usr/ucb/Mail -s %s special-mailing-list ^other /usr/ucb/Mail
3182   -s %s other-mailing-list DEFAULT (echo '===='; echo %s; cat) >
3183   /path/name/to/log/file
3184   
3185   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
3186   
3187    17. How can I keep people with restrictive umask values from blocking
3188    access to the Repository? 
3189    
3190   If a user creates a new file with restricted permissions (e.g. 0600),
3191   and commits it, the Repository will have a file in it that is
3192   unreadable by everyone. The 0600 example would be unreadable by
3193   *anyone* but root and the user who created it.
3194   
3195   There are 3 solutions to this:
3196   
3197     Let it happen. This is a valid way to protect things. If everyone is
3198   working alone, a umask of 077 is OK. If everyone is working only in
3199   small groups, a umask of 007 is OK.
3200   
3201     Train your users not to create such things if you expect to share
3202   them.
3203   
3204     See 4B.5 for a small script that will reset the umask.
3205   
3206   I personally don't like the idea of a program automatically
3207   *loosening* security. It would be better for you all to talk about the
3208   issue and decide how to work together.
3209   
3210   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
3211   
3212  Category: /Commands_/
3213  
3214   " Commands "
3215   
3216  Category: /Commands_/add_ad_new/
3217  
3218   " + "add", "ad", "new""
3219   
3220    1. What is "add" for? 
3221    
3222   To add a new directory to the Repository or to register the desire to
3223   add a new file to the Repository.
3224   
3225   The directory is created immediately, while the desire to add the file
3226   is recorded in the local ./CVS administrative directory. To really add
3227   the file to the Repository, you must then "commit" it.
3228   
3229   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
3230   
3231    2. How do I add a new file to the branch I'm working on? 
3232    
3233   The user actions for adding a file to any branch, including the Main
3234   Branch, are exactly the same.
3235   
3236   You are in a directory checked out (or updated) with the '-A' option
3237   (to place you on the Main Branch) or the "-r <branch_tag>" option (to
3238   place you on a branch tagged with <branch_tag>). To add <file> to the
3239   branch you are on, you type:
3240   
3241                cvs add <file>
3242                cvs commit <file>
3243
3244   If no ./CVS/Tag file exists (the '-A' option deletes it), the file
3245   will be added to the Main Branch. If a ./CVS/Tag file exists (the "-r
3246   <branch_tag>" option creates it), the file will be added to the branch
3247   named (i.e. tagged with) <branch_tag>.
3248   
3249   Unless you took steps to first add the file to the Main Branch, your
3250   new file ends up in the Attic.
3251   
3252   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
3253   
3254    3. Why did my new file end up in the Attic? 
3255    
3256   The file is thrown into the Attic to keep it from being visible when
3257   you check out the Main Branch, since it was never committed to the
3258   Main Branch.
3259   
3260   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
3261   
3262    4. Now that it's in the Attic, how do I connect it to the Main branch? 
3263    
3264   That can be considered a kind of "merge". See 4C.8
3265   
3266   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
3267   
3268    5. How do I avoid the hassle of reconnecting an Attic-only file to the Main
3269    Branch? 
3270    
3271   You create it on the Main Branch first, then branch it.
3272   
3273   If you haven't yet added the file or if you decided to delete the new
3274   Attic file and start over, then do the following: (If you added the
3275   file (or worse, the 157 files) to the Attic and don't want to start
3276   over, try the procedure in 4C.8.)
3277   
3278     Temporarily remove the sticky branch information. Either:
3279   
3280     Move the whole directory back to the Main Branch. [This might not be
3281   a good idea if you have modified files, since it will require a merge
3282   in each direction.]
3283   
3284                cvs update -A
3285
3286                        *or*
3287
3288     Move the ./CVS/Tag file out of the way.
3289   
3290                mv ./CVS/Tag HOLD_Tag
3291
3292     Add and branch the file "normally":
3293   
3294                cvs add <file>
3295                cvs commit <file>
3296                cvs tag -b <branch_tag> <file>
3297
3298   [<branch_tag> is the same Branch Tag as you used on all the other
3299   files. Look at ./CVS/Entries or the output from "cvs stat" for sticky
3300   tags.]
3301   
3302     Clean up the temporary step.
3303   
3304     If you moved the ./CVS/Tag file, put it back. Then move the new file
3305   onto the branch where you are working.
3306   
3307                mv HOLD_Tag ./CVS/Tag
3308                cvs update -r <branch_tag> <file>
3309
3310     If you ran "update -A" rather than moving the ./CVS/Tag file, move
3311   the whole directory (including the new file) back onto the branch
3312   where you were working:
3313   
3314                cvs update -r <branch_tag>
3315
3316   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
3317   
3318    6. How do I cancel an "add"? 
3319    
3320   If you want to remove the file entirely and cancel the "add" at the
3321   same time, type:
3322   
3323                cvs remove -f <file>
3324
3325   If you want to cancel the "add", but leave the file as it was before
3326   you typed "cvs add", then you have to fake it:
3327   
3328                mv <file> <file>.hold
3329                cvs remove <file>
3330                mv <file>.hold <file>
3331
3332   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
3333   
3334    7. What are the ./CVS/file,p and ./CVS/file,t files for? 
3335    
3336   The ./CVS/file,p and ./CVS/file,t files are created by the "add"
3337   command to hold command line options and message text between the time
3338   of the "add" command and the expected "commit".
3339   
3340   The ./CVS/file,p file is always null, since its function was absorbed
3341   by the "options" field in the ./CVS/Entries file. If you put something
3342   in this file it will be used as arguments to the RCS "ci" command that
3343   commit uses to check the file in, but CVS itself doesn't put anything
3344   there.
3345   
3346   The ./CVS/file,t file is null unless you specify an initial message in
3347   an "add -m 'message'" command. The text is handed to "rcs -i
3348   -t./CVS/file,t" to create the initial RCS file container.
3349   
3350   Both files must exist to commit a newly added file. If the
3351   ./CVS/file,p file doesn't exist, CVS prints an error and aborts the
3352   commit. If the ./CVS/file,t file doesn't exist, RCS prints an error
3353   and CVS gets confused, but does no harm.
3354   
3355   To recover from missing ,p and ,t files, just create two zero-length
3356   files and rerun the "commit".
3357   
3358   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
3359   
3360    8. How do I "add" a binary file? 
3361    
3362   If you configured CVS to use the GNU version of "diff" and "diff3",
3363   you only need to turn off RCS keyword expansion.
3364   
3365   First you turn off RCS keyword expansion for the initial checkin by
3366   using "add -ko". It works like "update -ko" in creating a "sticky"
3367   option only for the copy of the file in the current working directory.
3368   
3369                cvs add -ko <file>
3370
3371   Commit the file normally. The sticky -ko option will be used.
3372   
3373                cvs commit <file>
3374
3375   Then mark the RCS file in the Repository so that keyword expansion is
3376   turned off for all checked out versions of the file.
3377   
3378                cvs admin -ko <file>
3379
3380   Since "admin -ko" records the keyword substitution value in the
3381   Repository's RCS file, you no longer need the sticky option. You can
3382   turn it off with the "update -A" command, but if you were on a branch,
3383   you'll have to follow it "update -r <branch_tag>" to put yourself back
3384   on the branch.
3385   
3386   Managing that binary file is another problem. See 4D.1.
3387   
3388   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
3389   
3390  Category: /Commands_/admin_adm_rcs/
3391  
3392   " + "admin", "adm", "rcs""
3393   
3394    1. What is "admin" for? 
3395    
3396   To provide direct access to the underlying "rcs" command (which is not
3397   documented in this FAQ) bypassing all safeguards and CVS assumptions.
3398   
3399   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
3400   
3401    2. Wow! Isn't that dangerous? 
3402    
3403   Yes.
3404   
3405   Though you can't hurt the internal structure of an RCS file using its
3406   own "rcs" command, you *can* change the underlying RCS files using
3407   "admin" in ways that CVS can't handle.
3408   
3409   If you feel the need to use "admin", create some test files with the
3410   RCS "ci" command and experiment on them with "rcs" before blasting any
3411   CVS files.
3412   
3413   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
3414   
3415    3. What would I normally use "admin" for? 
3416    
3417   Normally, you wouldn't use admin at all. In unusual circumstances,
3418   experts can use it to set up or restore the internal RCS state that
3419   CVS requires.
3420   
3421   You can use "admin -o" (for "outdate") to remove revisions you don't
3422   care about. This has its own problems, such as leaving dangling Tags
3423   and confusing the "update" command.
3424   
3425   There is some feeling among manipulators of binary files that "admin
3426   -l" should be used to serialize access. See 3C.8.
3427   
3428   An interesting use for "admin" came up while maintaining CVS itself. I
3429   import versions of CVS onto the Vendor branch of my copy of CVS, make
3430   changes to some files and ship the diffs (created by "cvs diff -c -r
3431   TO_BRIAN") off to Brian Berliner. After creating the diff, I retag
3432   ("cvs tag -F TO_BRIAN") the working directory, which is then ready to
3433   produce the next patch.
3434   
3435   I'll use "add.c" as an example (only because the name is short).
3436   
3437   When the next release came out, I discovered that the released "add.c"
3438   (version 1.1.1.3 on the Vendor branch) was exactly the same as my
3439   modified file (version 1.3). I didn't care about the changelog on
3440   versions 1.2 and 1.3 (or the evidence of having done the work), so I
3441   decided to revert the file to the state where it looked like I had not
3442   touched the file -- where I was just using the latest on the vendor
3443   branch after a sequence of imports.
3444   
3445   To do that, I removed all the revisions on the main branch, except for
3446   the original 1.1 from which the Vendor branch sprouts:
3447   
3448                cvs admin -o1.2: add.c
3449
3450   Then I set the RCS "default branch" back to the Vendor branch, the way
3451   import would have created it:
3452   
3453                cvs admin -b1.1.1 add.c
3454
3455   And I moved the "TO_BRIAN" Tag to the latest revision on the Vendor
3456   branch, since that is the base from which further patches would be
3457   created (if I made any):
3458   
3459                cvs admin -NTO_BRIAN:1.1.1.3 add.c
3460
3461   Instead of 1.1.1.3, I could have used one of the "Release Tags" last
3462   applied by "import" (3rd through Nth arguments).
3463   
3464   Suggestion: Practice on non-essential files.
3465   
3466   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
3467   
3468    4. What should I avoid when using "admin"? 
3469    
3470   If you know exactly what you are doing, hack away. But under normal
3471   circumstances:
3472   
3473   Never use "admin" to alter branches (using the '-b' option), which CVS
3474   takes very seriously. If you change the default branch, CVS will not
3475   work as expected. If you create new branches without using the "tag
3476   -b" command, you may not be able to treat them as CVS branches.
3477   
3478   See 3C.8 for a short discussion of how to use "admin -l" for
3479   serializing access to binary files.
3480   
3481   The "admin -o <file>" allows you to delete revisions, usually a bad
3482   idea. You should commit a correction rather than back out a revision.
3483   Outdating a revision is prone to all sorts of problems:
3484   
3485     Discarding data is always a bad idea. Unless something in the
3486   revision you just committed is a threat to your job or your life,
3487   (like naming a function "<boss's name>_is_a_dweeb", or including the
3488   combination to the local Mafioso's safe in a C comment), just leave it
3489   there. No one cares about simple mistakes -- just commit a corrected
3490   revision.
3491   
3492     The time travel paradoxes you can cause by changing history are not
3493   worth the trouble. Even if CVS can't interfere with your parents'
3494   introduction, it *can* log commits in at least two ways (history and
3495   loginfo). The reports now lie -- the revision referred to in the logs
3496   no longer exists.
3497   
3498     If you used "import" to place <file> into CVS, outdating all the
3499   revisions on the Main branch back to and including revision 1.2 (or
3500   worse, 1.1), will produce an invalid CVS file.
3501   
3502   If the <file>,v file only contains revision 1.1 (and the connected
3503   branch revision 1.1.1.1), then the default branch must be set to the
3504   Vendor branch as it was when you first imported the file. Outdating
3505   back through 1.2 doesn't restore the branch setting. Despite the above
3506   admonition against it, "admin -b" is the only way to recover:
3507   
3508                cvs admin -b1.1.1 <file>
3509
3510     Although you can't outdate a physical (RCS) branch point without
3511   removing the whole branch, you *can* outdate a revision referred to by
3512   a magic branch tag. If you do so, you will invalidate the branch.
3513   
3514     If you "outdate" a tagged revision, you will invalidate all uses of
3515   the <tag>, not just the one on <file>. A tag is supposed to be
3516   attached to a consistent set of files, usually a set built as a unit.
3517   By discarding one of the files in the set, you have destroyed the
3518   utility of the <tag>. And it leaves a dangling tag, which points to
3519   nothing.
3520   
3521     And even worse, if you commit a revision already tagged, you will
3522   alter what the <tag> pointed to without using the "tag" command. For
3523   example, if revision 1.3 has <tag> attached to it and you "outdate"
3524   the 1.3 revision, <tag> will point to a nonexistent revision. Although
3525   this is annoying, it is nowhere near as much trouble as the problem
3526   that will occur when you commit to this file again, recreating
3527   revision 1.3. The old tag will point to the new revision, a file that
3528   was not in existence when the <tag> was applied. And the discrepancy
3529   is nearly undetectable.
3530   
3531   If you don't understand the above, you should not use the admin
3532   command at all.
3533   
3534   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
3535   
3536    5. How do I restrict the "admin" command? The -i flag in the modules file
3537    can restrict commits. What's the equivalent for "admin"? 
3538    
3539   At this writing, to disable the "admin" command, you will have to
3540   change the program source code, recompile and reinstall.
3541   
3542   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
3543   
3544    6. I backed out a revision with "admin -o" and committed a replacement. Why
3545    doesn't "update" retrieve the new revision? 
3546    
3547   CVS is confused because the revision in the ./CVS/Entries file matches
3548   the latest revision in the Repository *and* the timestamp in the
3549   ./CVS/Entries file matches your working file. CVS believes that your
3550   file is "up-to-date" and doesn't need to be updated.
3551   
3552   You can cause CVS to notice the change by "touch"ing the file.
3553   Unfortunately what CVS will tell you is that you have a "Modified"
3554   file. If you then "commit" the file, you will bypass the normal CVS
3555   check for "up-to-date" and will probably commit the revision that was
3556   originally removed by "admin -o".
3557   
3558   Changing a file without changing the revision number confuses CVS no
3559   matter whether you did it by replacing the revision (using "admin -o"
3560   and "commit" or raw RCS commands) or by applying an editor directly to
3561   a Repository (",v") file. Don't do it unless you are absolutely
3562   certain no one has the latest revision of the file checked out.
3563   
3564   The best solution to this is to institute a program of deterrent
3565   flogging of abusers of "admin -o".
3566   
3567   The "admin" command has other problems." See 3B.4 above.
3568   
3569   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
3570   
3571  Category: /Commands_/checkout_co_get/
3572  
3573   " + "checkout", "co", "get""
3574   
3575    1. What is "checkout" for? 
3576    
3577   To acquire a copy of a module (or set of files) to work on.
3578   
3579   All work on files controlled by CVS starts with a "checkout".
3580   
3581   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
3582   
3583    2. What is the "module" that "checkout" takes on the command line? 
3584    
3585   It is a name for a directory or a collection of files in the
3586   Repository. It provides a compact name space and the ability to
3587   execute before and after helper functions based on definitions in the
3588   modules file.
3589   
3590   See 1D.11.
3591   
3592   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
3593   
3594    3. Isn't a CVS "checkout" just a bunch of RCS checkouts? 
3595    
3596   Like much of CVS, a similar RCS concept is used to support a CVS
3597   function. But a CVS checkout is *not* the same as an RCS checkout.
3598   
3599   Differences include:
3600   
3601     CVS does not lock the files. Others may access them at the same
3602   time.
3603   
3604     CVS works best when you provide a name for a collection of files (a
3605   module or a directory) rather than an explicit list of files to work
3606   on.
3607   
3608     CVS remembers what revisions you checked out and what branch you are
3609   on, simplifying later commands.
3610   
3611   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
3612   
3613    4. What's the difference between "update" and "checkout"? 
3614    
3615   The "checkout" and "update" commands are nearly equivalent in how they
3616   treat individual files. They differ in the following ways:
3617   
3618     The "checkout" command always creates a directory, moves into it,
3619   then becomes equivalent to "update -d".
3620   
3621     The "update" command does not create directories unless you add the
3622   '-d' option.
3623   
3624     "Update" is intended to be executed within a working directory
3625   created by "checkout". It doesn't take a module or directory argument,
3626   but figures out what Repository files to look at by reading the files
3627   in the ./CVS administrative directory.
3628   
3629     The two commands generate completely different types of records in
3630   the "history" file.
3631   
3632   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
3633   
3634    5. Why can't I check out a file from within my working directory? 
3635    
3636   Though you *can* check out a file, you normally check out a module or
3637   directory. And you normally do it only once at the beginning of a
3638   project.
3639   
3640   After the initial "checkout", you can use the "update" command to
3641   retrieve any file you want within the checked-out directory. There is
3642   no need for further "checkout" commands.
3643   
3644   If you want to retrieve another module or directory to work on, you
3645   must provide two pathnames: where to find it in the Repository and
3646   where to put it on disk. The "modules" file and your current directory
3647   supply two pieces of naming information. While inside a checked-out
3648   working directory, the CVS administrative information provides most of
3649   the rest.
3650   
3651   You should be careful not to confuse CVS with RCS and use "checkout"
3652   in the RCS sense. An RCS "checkout" (which is performed by the RCS
3653   "co" command) is closer to a "cvs update" than to a "cvs checkout".
3654   
3655   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
3656   
3657    6. How do I avoid dealing with those long relative pathnames? 
3658    
3659   This question has also been phrased:
3660   
3661   How do I avoid all those layers of directories on checkout? or Why do
3662   I have to go to the top of my working directory and checkout some long
3663   pathname to get a file or two?
3664   
3665   This type of question occurs only among groups of people who decide
3666   not to use "modules". The answer is to use "modules".
3667   
3668   When you hand the "checkout" command a relative pathname rather than a
3669   module name, all directories in the path are created, maintaining the
3670   same directory hierarchy as in the Repository. The same kind of
3671   environment results if you specify a "module" that is really an alias
3672   expanding into a list of relative pathnames rather than a list of
3673   module names.
3674   
3675   If you use "module" names, "checkout" creates a single directory by
3676   the name of the module in your current directory. This "module"
3677   directory becomes your working directory.
3678   
3679   The "module" concept combines the ability to "name" a collection of
3680   files with the ability to structure the Repository so that consistent
3681   sets of files are checked out together. It is the responsibility of
3682   the Repository Administrators to set up a modules file that describes
3683   the software within the Repository.
3684   
3685   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
3686   
3687    7. Can I move a checked-out directory? Does CVS remember where it was
3688    checked out? 
3689    
3690   Yes and Yes.
3691   
3692   The ./CVS/Repository file in each working directory contains a
3693   pathname pointing to the matching directory within the Repository. The
3694   pathname is either absolute or relative to $CVSROOT, depending on how
3695   you configured CVS.
3696   
3697   When you move a checked-out directory, the CVS administrative files
3698   will move along with it. As long as you don't move the Repository
3699   itself, or alter your $CVSROOT variable, the moved directory will
3700   continue to be usable.
3701   
3702   CVS remembers where you checked out the directory in the "history"
3703   file, which can be edited, or even ignored if you don't use the
3704   "working directory" information displayed by the "history" command.
3705   
3706   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
3707   
3708    8. How can I lock files while I'm working on them the way RCS does? 
3709    
3710   Until the day arrives of the all-powerful merge tool, there are still
3711   files that must be accessed serially. For those instances, here's a
3712   potential solution:
3713   
3714     Install a pre-commit program in the "commitinfo" file to check for
3715   RCS locks. The program "rcslock.pl" performs this function. It can be
3716   found in the contrib directory of the CVS source distribution.
3717   
3718     When you want to make a change to a file you know can't be merged,
3719   first use "cvs admin -l" to lock the file. If you can't acquire the
3720   lock, use the standard "locked out" protocol: go talk to the person
3721   holding the lock.
3722   
3723     Make sure the pre-commit program prints a message and exits with a
3724   non-zero status if someone besides the user running "commit" has the
3725   file locked. This non-zero exist status will cause the "commit" to
3726   fail cleanly.
3727   
3728     Make sure the pre-commit program exits with a zero status if the
3729   file is either unlocked or locked by the user running "commit". The
3730   "cvs commit" command that kicked off the pre-commit program will take
3731   a zero exist status as an OK and checkin the file, which has the
3732   side-effect of unlocking it.
3733   
3734   ===> The following is opinion and context. Don't read it if you are
3735   looking for a quick fix.
3736   
3737   The topic of locking CVS files resurfaces on the network every so
3738   often, producing the same results each time:
3739   
3740   The Big Endians:
3741   
3742   CVS was designed to avoid locks, using a copy-modify-merge model.
3743   Locking is not necessary and you should take the time to learn the CVS
3744   model which many people find workable. So why not get with the program
3745   and learn how to think the CVS way?
3746   
3747   The Little Endians:
3748   
3749   The users determine how a tool is to be used, not the designers. We,
3750   the users, have always used locking, our bosses demand locking,
3751   locking is good, locking is God. I don't want to hear any more
3752   lectures on the CVS model. Make locking work.
3753   
3754   Any organization making active changes to a source base will
3755   eventually face the need to do parallel development. Parallel
3756   development implies merges. (If you plan to keep separate copies of
3757   everything and never merge, good luck. Tell me who you work for so I
3758   can buy stock in your disk suppliers this year and sell your stock
3759   short next year.)
3760   
3761   Merges will never go away. CVS chose to make "merges" stand front and
3762   center as an important, common occurrence in development. It is one
3763   way of looking at things.
3764   
3765   For free-format text, the merge paradigm gives you a considerable
3766   amount of freedom. It does take a bit of management, but any project
3767   should be ready to deal with it.
3768   
3769   On the other hand, there are many files that can't be merged using
3770   text merge techniques. Straight text merge programs like "diff3" are
3771   guaranteed to fail on executables (with relative branch statements),
3772   files with self-referential counts stored in the file (such as TAGS
3773   files), or files with relative motion statements in them (such as
3774   Frame MIF files, many postscript files). They aren't all binary files.
3775   
3776   For these types of files, and many others, there are only two
3777   solutions:
3778   
3779     Complex merge tools that are intimately aware of the contents of the
3780   files to be merged. (ClearCase, and probably others, allow you to
3781   define your own "files types" with associated "merge tools".)
3782   
3783     Serialization of access to the file. The only technical solution to
3784   the problem of serialization is "locking".
3785   
3786   Since you can call a program that offers:
3787   
3788   "Which one do you want? A/B?"
3789   
3790   a "merge tool", more and more merge tools will appear which can be
3791   hooked into a merge-intensive program like CVS. Think of a bitmap
3792   "merge" tool that displays the bitmaps on the screen and offers a
3793   "paint" interface to allow you to cut and paste, overlay, invert or
3794   fuse the two images such that the result is a "merged" file.
3795   
3796   My conclusion is that the need for locking is temporary, awaiting
3797   better technology. For large development groups, locking is not an
3798   alternative to merging for text files.
3799   
3800   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
3801   
3802    9. What is "checkout -s"? How is it different from "checkout -c"? 
3803    
3804   The '-c' and '-s' options to "checkout" both cause the modules file to
3805   appear on standard output, but formatted differently.
3806   
3807   "checkout -c" lists the modules file alphabetized by the module name.
3808   It also prints all data (including options like '-a' and "-o <prog>")
3809   specified in the modules file.
3810   
3811   "checkout -s" lists the modules file sorted by "status" field, then by
3812   module name. The status field was intended to allow you to mark
3813   modules with strings of your choice to get a quick sorted report based
3814   on the data you chose to put in the status fields. I have used it for
3815   priority ("Showstopper", etc as tied into a bug database), for porting
3816   status ("Ported", "Compiled", etc. when porting a large collection of
3817   modules), for "assignee" (the person responsible for maintenance), and
3818   for "test suite" (which automatic test procedure to run for a
3819   particular module).
3820   
3821   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
3822   
3823  Category: /Commands_/commit_ci_com/
3824  
3825   " + "commit", "ci", "com""
3826   
3827    1. What is "commit" for? 
3828    
3829   To store new revisions in the Repository, making them visible to other
3830   users.
3831   
3832   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
3833   
3834    2. If I edit ten files, do I have to type "commit" ten times? 
3835    
3836   No. The "commit" command will take multiple filenames, directory names
3837   and relative pathnames on the command line and commit them all with
3838   the same log message. If a file is unchanged, even if it is explicitly
3839   listed on the command line, CVS will skip it.
3840   
3841   Like all CVS commands, "commit" will work on the whole directory by
3842   default. Just type "cvs commit" to tell CVS to commit all modified
3843   files (i.e. the files that "update" would display preceded by 'M') in
3844   the current directory and in all sub-directories.
3845   
3846   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
3847   
3848    3. Explain: cvs commit: Up-to-date check failed for `<file>' 
3849    
3850   You may not "commit" a file if your BASE revision (i.e. the revision
3851   you last checked out, committed or retrieved via "update") doesn't
3852   match the HEAD revision (i.e the latest revision on your branch,
3853   usually the Main Branch).
3854   
3855   In other words, someone committed a revision since you last executed
3856   "checkout", "update" or "commit". You must now execute "update" to
3857   merge the other person's changes into your working file before
3858   "commit" will work. You are thus protected (somewhat) from a common
3859   form of race condition in source control systems, where a checkin of a
3860   minor alteration of a second copy of the same base file obliterates
3861   the changes made in the first.
3862   
3863   Normally, the "update" command's auto-merge should be followed by
3864   another round of building and testing before the "commit".
3865   
3866   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
3867   
3868    4. What happens if two people try to "commit" conflicting changes? 
3869    
3870   Conflicts can occur only when two developers check out the same
3871   revision of the same file and make changes. The first developer to
3872   commit the file has no chance of seeing the conflict. Only the second
3873   developer runs into it, usually when faced with the "Up-to-date" error
3874   explained in the previous question.
3875   
3876   There are two types of conflicts:
3877   
3878     When two developers make changes to the same section of code, the
3879   auto-merge caused by "update" will print a 'C' on your terminal and
3880   leave "overlap" markers in the file.
3881   
3882   You are expected to examine and clean them up before committing the
3883   file. (That may be obvious to *some* of you, but . . .)
3884   
3885     A more difficult problem arises when two developers change different
3886   sections of code, but make calls to, or somehow depend on, the old
3887   version of each other's code.
3888   
3889   The auto-merge does the "right" thing, if you view the file as a
3890   series of text lines. But as a program, the two developers have
3891   created a problem for themselves.
3892   
3893   This is no different from making cross-referential changes in
3894   *separate* files. CVS can't help you. In a perfect world, you would
3895   each refer to the specification and resolve it independently. In the
3896   real world you have to talk/argue, read code, test and debug until the
3897   combined changes work again.
3898   
3899   Welcome to the world of parallel development.
3900   
3901   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
3902   
3903    5. I committed something and I don't like it. How do I remove it? 
3904    
3905   Though you *can* use the "admin -o" (synonym: "rcs -o") command to
3906   delete revisions, unless the file you committed is so embarrassing
3907   that the need to eradicate it overrides the need to be careful, you
3908   should just grab an old version of the file ("update -p -r
3909   <previous-rev>" might help here) and commit it on top of the offending
3910   revision.
3911   
3912   See Section 3B on "admin".
3913   
3914   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
3915   
3916    6. Explain: cvs commit: sticky tag `V3' for file `X' is not a branch 
3917    
3918   The message implies two things:
3919   
3920     You created your working directory by using "checkout -r V3", or you
3921   recently executed "update -r V3".
3922   
3923     The tag named V3 is not a branch tag.
3924   
3925   CVS records (i.e. makes "sticky") any "-r <tag/rev>" argument handed
3926   to the "checkout" or "update" commands. The <tag/rev> is recorded as
3927   the CVS working branch, which is the branch to which "commit" will add
3928   a new revision.
3929   
3930   Branch tags are created when you use the -b switch on the "tag" or
3931   "rtag" commands. Branch tags are magic tags that don't create a
3932   physical branch, but merely mark the revision to branch from when the
3933   branch is needed. The first commit to a magic branch creates a
3934   physical branch in the RCS files.
3935   
3936   You can commit onto the end of the Main Trunk, if you have no sticky
3937   tag at all, or onto the end of a branch, if you have a sticky branch
3938   tag. But you can't commit a file that has a sticky tag not pointing to
3939   a branch. CVS assumes a sticky Tag or Revision that does not refer to
3940   a branch is attached to the middle of a series of revisions. You can't
3941   squeeze a new revision between two others. Sticky dates also block
3942   commits since they never refer to a branch.
3943   
3944   Scenario1:
3945   
3946   If you don't want a branch and were just looking at an old revision,
3947   then you can move back to the Main Branch by typing:
3948   
3949                cvs update -A {files or dirs, default is '.'}
3950
3951   or you can move to the branch named <branch_tag> by:
3952   
3953                cvs update -r <branch_tag> {files or dirs, default is '.'}
3954
3955   Scenario2:
3956   
3957   If you really wanted to be on a branch and made an earlier mistake by
3958   tagging your branch point with a non-branch tag, you can recover by
3959   adding a new branch tag to the old non-branch tag:
3960   
3961                    cvs rtag -b -r <oldtag> <newtag> <module>
3962
3963   (It was not a big mistake. Branch-point tags can be useful. But the
3964   <newtag> must have a different name.)
3965   
3966   If you don't know the <module> name or don't use "modules", you can
3967   also use "tag" this way:
3968   
3969                    cvs update -r <oldtag>
3970                    cvs tag -b <newtag> .
3971
3972   Then, to put your working directory onto the branch, you type:
3973   
3974                    cvs update -r <newtag>
3975
3976   You can't delete <oldtag> before adding <newtag>, and I would not
3977   advise deleting the <oldtag> at all, because it is useful in referring
3978   to the branch point. If you must, you can delete the non-branch tag
3979   by:
3980   
3981                    cvs rtag -d <oldtag> <module>
3982                or
3983                    cvs tag -d <oldtag> .
3984
3985   Scenario3:
3986   
3987   If you made the same mistake as in Scenario2 (of placing a non-branch
3988   tag where you wanted a branch tag), but really want <oldtag> to be the
3989   name of your branch, you can execute a slightly different series of
3990   commands to rename it and move your working directory onto the branch.
3991   
3992   Warning: This is not a way to rename a branch tag. It is a way to turn
3993   a non-branch tag into a branch tag with the same name.
3994   
3995                    cvs rtag -r <oldtag> <branch_point_tag> <module>
3996                    cvs rtag -d <oldtag> <module>
3997                    cvs rtag -b -r <branch_point_tag> <oldtag> <module>
3998
3999   Then, if you really must, delete the <branch_point_tag>:
4000   
4001                    cvs rtag -d <branch_point_tag> <module>
4002
4003   Note: The unwieldy mixture of "tag" and "rtag" is mostly because you
4004   can't specify a revision (-r <tag>) to the "tag" command.
4005   
4006   See 4C.3 for more info on creating a branch.
4007   
4008   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
4009   
4010    7. Why does "commit -r <tag/rev>" put newly added files in the Attic? 
4011    
4012   If you specify "-r <rev>" (where <rev> is a dotted numeric number like
4013   2.4), it correctly sets the initial revision to <rev>, but it also
4014   attaches the numeric <rev> as a sticky tag and throws the file into
4015   the Attic. This is a bug. The obvious solution is to move the file out
4016   of the Attic into the associated Repository directory and "update -A"
4017   the file. There are no Tags to clean up.
4018   
4019   If you specify "-r <tag>" to commit a newly added file, the <tag> is
4020   treated like a <branch_tag>, which becomes a symbolic RCS label
4021   pointing to the string '1', which can be considered to be the "Main
4022   branch number" when the main branch is still at revision 1.N. The file
4023   is also thrown into the Attic. See 4C.8 for a way to recover from
4024   this.
4025   
4026   In fact, a plain "commit" without the "-r" will throw a newly added
4027   file into the Attic if you added it to a directory checked out on a
4028   branch. See 3A.[2-5].
4029   
4030   See Section 4C, on Branching, for many more details.
4031   
4032   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
4033   
4034    8. Why would a "commit" of a newly added file not produce rev 1.1? 
4035    
4036   When committing a newly added file CVS looks for the highest main
4037   branch major number in all files in the ./CVS/Entries file. Normally
4038   it is '1', but if you have a file of revision 3.27 in your directory,
4039   CVS will find the '3' and create revision 3.1 for the first rev of
4040   <file>. Normally, the first revision is 1.1.
4041   
4042   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
4043   
4044  Category: /Commands_/diff_di_dif/
4045  
4046   " + "diff", "di", "dif""
4047   
4048    1. What is "diff" for? 
4049    
4050     To display the difference between a working file and its BASE
4051   revision (the revision last checked out, updated or committed):
4052   
4053                cvs diff <file>
4054
4055     To display the difference between a working file and a committed
4056   revision of the same file:
4057   
4058                cvs diff -r <tag/rev> <file>
4059
4060     To display the difference between two committed revisions of the
4061   same file:
4062   
4063                cvs diff -r <tag1/rev1> -r <tag2/rev2> <file>
4064
4065   You can specify any number of <file> arguments. Without any <file>
4066   arguments, it compares the whole directory.
4067   
4068   In the examples above, "-D <date>" may be substituted wherever "-r
4069   <tag/rev>" appears. The revision a <date> refers to is the revision
4070   that existed on that date.
4071   
4072   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
4073   
4074    2. Why did "diff" display nothing when I know there are later committed
4075    revisions in the Repository? 
4076    
4077   By default, "diff" displays the difference between your working file
4078   and the BASE revision. If you haven't made any changes to the file
4079   since your last "checkout", "update" or "commit" there is no
4080   difference to display.
4081   
4082   To display the difference between your working file and the latest
4083   revision committed to your current branch, type:
4084   
4085                cvs diff -r HEAD <file>
4086
4087   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
4088   
4089    3. How do I display what changed in the Repository since I last executed
4090    "checkout", "update" or "commit"? 
4091    
4092   A special tag (interpreted by CVS -- it does not appear in the Tag
4093   list) named "BASE" always refers to the revision you last checked out,
4094   updated or committed. Another special tag named "HEAD" always refers
4095   to the latest revision on your working branch.
4096   
4097   To compare BASE and HEAD, you type:
4098   
4099                cvs diff -r BASE -r HEAD <file>
4100
4101   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
4102   
4103    4. How do I display the difference between my working file and what I
4104    checked in last Thursday? 
4105    
4106                cvs diff -D "last Thursday" <file>
4107
4108   where "last Thursday" is a date string. To be more precise, the
4109   argument to the '-D' option is a timestamp. Many formats are accepted.
4110   See the man page under "-D date_spec" for details.
4111   
4112   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
4113   
4114    5. Why can't I pass long options, like --unified, to "diff"? 
4115    
4116   CVS only handles single character '-X' arguments, not the FSF long
4117   options. CVS also passes through only arguments it knows about,
4118   because a few arguments are captured and interpreted by CVS.
4119   
4120   If you didn't configure RCS and CVS to use the GNU version of diff,
4121   long options wouldn't work even if future versions of CVS acquire the
4122   ability to pass them through.
4123   
4124   Most of the long options have equivalent single-character options,
4125   which do work. The "--unified" option is equivalent to '-u' in
4126   revisions of GNU diff since 1.15.
4127   
4128   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
4129   
4130  Category: /Commands_/export_exp_ex/
4131  
4132   " + "export", "exp", "ex""
4133   
4134    1. What is "export" for? 
4135    
4136   "export" checks out a copy of a module in a form intended for export
4137   outside the CVS environment. The "export" command produces the same
4138   directory and file structure as the "checkout" command, but it doesn't
4139   create "CVS" sub-directories and it removes all the RCS keywords from
4140   the files.
4141   
4142   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
4143   
4144    2. Why does it remove the RCS keywords so I can't use the "ident" command
4145    on the source files? 
4146    
4147   It removes the RCS keywords, so that if the recipient of the exported
4148   sources checks them into another set of RCS files (with or without
4149   CVS), and then makes modifications through RCS or CVS commands, the
4150   revision numbers that they had when you exported them will be
4151   preserved. (That ident no longer works is just an unfortunate side
4152   effect.)
4153   
4154   The theory is that you are exporting the sources to someone else who
4155   will make independent changes, and at some point you or they will want
4156   to know what revisions from your Repository they started with
4157   (probably to merge changes, or to try to decide whether to merge
4158   changes).
4159   
4160   A better way to handle this situation would be to give them their own
4161   branch of your Repository. They would need to remember to checkin the
4162   exported sources with RCS IDs intact (ci -k) so that their changes
4163   would get revision numbers from the branch, rather than starting at
4164   1.1 again. Perhaps a future version of CVS will provide a way to
4165   export sources this way.
4166   
4167                                Contributed by Dan Franklin
4168
4169   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
4170   
4171    3. Can I override the '-kv' flag CVS passes to RCS? 
4172    
4173   Not as of CVS version 1.4.
4174   
4175   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
4176   
4177    4. Why doesn't "export" have a '-k' flag like "import" does? 
4178    
4179   Export is intended for a specific purpose -- to remove all trace of
4180   revision control on the way *out* of CVS.
4181   
4182   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
4183   
4184    5. Why does "export -D" check out every file in the Attic? 
4185    
4186   See 5B.3 for an explanation of the same problem with "update".
4187   
4188   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
4189   
4190  Category: /Commands_/history_hi_his/
4191  
4192   " + "history", "hi", "his""
4193   
4194    1. What is "history" for? 
4195    
4196   To provide information difficult or impossible to extract out of the
4197   RCS files, such as a "tag" history or a summary of module activities.
4198   
4199   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
4200   
4201    2. Of what use is it? 
4202    
4203   I have found it useful in a number of ways, including:
4204   
4205     Providing a list of files changed since
4206   
4207   - A tagged release.
4208   - Yesterday, last Thursday, or a specific date.
4209   - Someone changed a specific file.
4210   
4211     Providing a list of special events:
4212   
4213   - Files added or removed since one of the above events.
4214   - Merge failures since one of the above events. (Where did the
4215   conflicts occur?)
4216   - Has anyone (and who) grabbed the revision of this file I committed
4217   last week, or are they still working blind?
4218   
4219     Telling me how often a file/directory/module has been changed.
4220   
4221     Dumping a summary of work done on a particular module, including who
4222   last worked on it and what changed.
4223   
4224     Displaying the checked-out modules and where they are being worked
4225   on.
4226   
4227     To tell me what users "joe" and "malcolm" have done this week.
4228   
4229   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
4230   
4231    3. What is this, Big Brother? 
4232    
4233                War is Peace.
4234                Freedom is Slavery.
4235                Ignorance is Strength.
4236
4237   Normally manager types and those with the power to play Big Brother
4238   don't care about this information. The Software Engineer responsible
4239   for integration usually wants to know who is working on what and what
4240   changed. Use your imagination.
4241   
4242   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
4243   
4244    4. I deleted my working directory and "history" still says I have it
4245    checked out. How do I fix it? 
4246    
4247   You can use "release -f" to forcibly add a "release" record to the
4248   history file for a working directory associated with a "module". If
4249   your version of "release" doesn't have the '-f' option, or you checked
4250   out the directory using a relative path, you have to edit the
4251   $CVSROOT/CVSROOT/history file.
4252   
4253   You can remove the last 'O' line in the history file referring to the
4254   module in question or add an 'F' record.
4255   
4256   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
4257   
4258    5. So I *can* edit the History file? 
4259    
4260   Yes, but if you are using history at all, you should take a little
4261   care not to lose information. I normally use Emacs on the file, since
4262   it can detect that a file has changed out from under it. You could
4263   also copy and zero out the history file, edit the copy and append any
4264   new records to the edited copy before replacing it.
4265   
4266   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
4267   
4268    6. Why does the history file grow so quickly? 
4269    
4270   It stores 'U' records, which come in handy sometimes when you are
4271   tracking whether people have updated each other's code before testing.
4272   There should (and probably will sometime) be a way to choose what
4273   kinds of events go into the history file.
4274   
4275   The contributed "cln_hist.pl" script will remove all the 'U' records,
4276   plus matching pairs of 'O' and 'F' records during your normal clean up
4277   of the history file.
4278   
4279   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
4280   
4281    7. What is the difference between "cvs history -r <tag/rev>" and "cvs
4282    history -t <tag>"? 
4283    
4284   The '-t' option looks for a Tag record stored by "rtag" in the history
4285   file and limits the search to dates after the last <tag> of the given
4286   name was added.
4287   
4288   The '-r' option was intended to search all files looking for the <tag>
4289   in the RCS files. It takes forever and needs to be rewritten.
4290   
4291   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
4292   
4293    8. Why does "cvs history -c -t <tag>" fail to print anything? 
4294    
4295   You have been using "tag" instead of "rtag". The "tag" command
4296   currently doesn't store a history record. This is another remnant of
4297   CVS's earlier firm belief in "modules". But it also has a basis in how
4298   "rtag" and "tag" were originally used.
4299   
4300   "rtag" was intended for large-scale tagging of large chunks of the
4301   Repository, an event work recording. "tag" was intended for adding and
4302   updating tags on a few files or directories, though it could also be
4303   used to tag the entire checked-out working tree when there is no
4304   module defined to match the tree or when the working tree is the only
4305   place where the right collection of revisions to tag can be found.
4306   
4307   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
4308   
4309    9. "cvs history -a -o" only printed one line for each checked-out module.
4310    Shouldn't it print all the directories where the modules are checked out? 
4311    
4312   Not as designed.
4313   
4314        Command                 Question it is supposed to answer.
4315        ----------------        ------------------------------------------
4316        cvs history -o          What modules do I have checked out?
4317        cvs history -a -o       <same for all users>
4318
4319        cvs history -o -w       What working directories have I created
4320                                and what modules are in them?
4321        cvs history -a -o -w    <same for every user>
4322
4323   The -o option chooses the "checked out modules" report, which is the
4324   default history report.
4325   
4326   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
4327   
4328    10. I can't figure out "history", can you give me concrete examples? 
4329    
4330   Default output selects records only for the user who executes the
4331   "history" command. To see records for other users, add one or more "-u
4332   user" options or the '-a' option to select *all* users.
4333   
4334   To list (for the selected users): Type "cvs history" and:
4335   
4336   * Checked out modules: -o (the default)
4337   * Files added since creation: -x A
4338   * Modified files since creation: -c
4339   * Modified files since last Friday: -c -D 'last Friday'
4340   * Modified files since TAG was added: -c -t <tag>
4341   * Modified files since TAG on files: -c -r <tag>
4342   * Last modifier of file/Repository X? -c -l -[fp] X
4343   * Modified files since string "str": -c -b str
4344   * Tag history: (Actually "rtag".) -T
4345   * History of file/Repository/module X: -[fpn] X
4346   * Module report on "module": -m module
4347   
4348   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
4349   
4350    11. Can we merge history files when we merge Repositories? 
4351    
4352   Assuming that the two Repositories have different sets of pathnames,
4353   it should be possible to merge two history files by sorting them
4354   together by the timestamp fields.
4355   
4356   You should be able to run:
4357   
4358   sort -k 1.2 ${dir1}/history ${dir2}/history > history
4359   
4360   If you "diff" a standard history file before and after such a sort,
4361   you might see other differences caused by garbage (split lines, nulls,
4362   etc) in the file. If your Repository is mounted through NFS onto
4363   multiple machines you will also see a few differences caused by
4364   different clocks on different machines. (Especially if you don't use
4365   NTP to keep the clocks in sync.)
4366   
4367   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
4368   
4369  Category: /Commands_/import_im_imp/
4370  
4371   " + "import", "im", "imp""
4372   
4373    1. What is "import" for? 
4374    
4375   The "import" command is a fast way to insert a whole tree of files
4376   into CVS.
4377   
4378   The first "import" to a particular file within the Repository creates
4379   an RCS file with a single revision on the "Vendor branch." Subsequent
4380   "import"s of the same file within the Repository append a new revision
4381   onto the Vendor branch. It does not, as some seem to believe, create a
4382   new branch for each "import". All "imports" are appended to the single
4383   Vendor branch.
4384   
4385   If the file hasn't changed, no new revision is created -- the new
4386   "Release-Tag" is added to the previous revision.
4387   
4388   After the import is finished, files you have not changed locally are
4389   considered to have changed in the "Main line of development". Files
4390   you *have* changed locally must have the new Vendor code merged into
4391   them before they are visible on the "Main line".
4392   
4393                See 4C.6 and 4C.15
4394
4395   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
4396   
4397    2. How am I supposed to use "import"? 
4398    
4399   Create a source directory containing only the files you want to
4400   import. Make sure you clean up any cruft left over from previous
4401   builds or editing. You want to make sure that the directory contains
4402   only what you want to call "source" from which everything else is
4403   built.
4404   
4405   If this is not the first import from this "Vendor", you should also
4406   compare the output of "find . ! -name CVS -print | sort" executed both
4407   at the head of a checked out working directory and at the head of the
4408   sources to be imported. If you find any deleted or renamed files, you
4409   have to deal with them by hand. (See 4B.8 on renaming.)
4410   
4411   "cd" into your source directory and type:
4412   
4413            cvs import -m "Message" <repos> <Vendor-Tag> <Release-Tag>
4414
4415   where <repos> is the relative directory pathname within the Repository
4416   that corresponds to the sources you are importing.
4417   
4418   You might also consider using the "-I !" option to avoid ignoring
4419   anything. It is easier to remove bogus files from the Repository than
4420   to create a sparse tree of the ignored files and rerun "import".
4421   
4422   For example, if the FSF, CVS, Make and I are still active in the year
4423   2015, I'll import version 89.53 of GNU make this way:
4424   
4425            cvs import -m "GNUmake V89.53" gnu/make GNU GNUMAKE_89_53
4426
4427   See 3H.13 for more details.
4428   
4429   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
4430   
4431    3. Why does import put files on a branch? Why can't I work on the main
4432    trunk instead of a Vendor branch? 
4433    
4434   This was a Design choice. The Vendor branch is the way "import" deals
4435   with a Vendor release. It is a solution to the Engineering problem of
4436   how to merge multiple external releases of Vendor-supplied sources
4437   into your ongoing work. The Vendor releases are kept on a separate,
4438   special, "Vendor" branch and your work is kept on the RCS trunk. New
4439   Vendor releases are imported onto the Vendor branch and then merged
4440   into your work, if there is any, on the trunk.
4441   
4442   This way, you can use CVS to find out not only about your work, but
4443   you can also find out what the Vendor changed by diffing between two
4444   of the Release Tags you handed to "import".
4445   
4446   CVS was designed to work this way. If you use CVS in some other way,
4447   you should think carefully about what you are doing.
4448   
4449   Note that the CVS "Main Branch" and the RCS Main Trunk are not the
4450   same. Placing files on the Vendor Branch doesn't keep you from
4451   creating a development branch to work on.
4452   
4453   See Section 4C, on Branching.
4454   
4455   If you are not working with 3rd party (i.e. Vendor) sources, you can
4456   skip the "import" and avoid the Vendor branch entirely. It works just
4457   as well to move pre-existing RCS files into Repository directories.
4458   
4459   You can create a whole Repository tree by copying a directory
4460   hierarchy of normal source files directly into the Repository and
4461   applying CVS to it. Here's an idea you should *test* before using:
4462   
4463                cd <your source tree>
4464                set source = `pwd`
4465                set module = xyzzy      <<== Your choice of directory name
4466                mkdir $CVSROOT/$module
4467                cd $CVSROOT/$module
4468                (cd $source; tar cf - .) | tar xvpBf -
4469                find . -type f -exec ci -t-Original. {} \;
4470
4471   The RCS "ci" command, without -u or -l options, will turn your source
4472   file into an RCS (",v") and delete the original source.
4473   
4474   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
4475   
4476    4. Is there any way to import binary files? 
4477    
4478   If you configured CVS to use the GNU version of "diff" and "diff3",
4479   then you can import any kind of file.
4480   
4481   Binary files with RCS keywords in them are a problem, since you don't
4482   want them to expand.
4483   
4484   If the tree you are about to "import" is entirely filled with binary
4485   files, you can use the '-ko' option on "import". Otherwise, I would
4486   run the import normally, then fix the binary files as described below
4487   in 3H.5.
4488   
4489   See 4D.1 on Binary files.
4490   
4491   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
4492   
4493    5. Why does "import" corrupt some binary files? 
4494    
4495   The RCS "co" command, when it is invoked by a CVS "checkout" or
4496   "update" (or after a "commit") command, searches for and expands a
4497   list of keywords within the file. They are documented in the RCS "co"
4498   man page. Strings such as "$\Id$" (or "$\Id:"), or "$\Revision$" (or
4499   "$\Revision:") are altered to the include the indicated information.
4500   
4501   [[Note: The keywords should appear in the text without the '\'
4502   character I have inserted to *avoid* expansion here. The only real RCS
4503   keywords in this document are at the top of the file, where I store
4504   the Revision and Date.]]
4505   
4506   If RCS keyword strings show up in a binary file, they will be altered
4507   unless you set the '-ko' option on the RCS files to tell RCS to keep
4508   the original keyword values and not to expand new ones. After
4509   "import", you can set the '-ko' option this way:
4510   
4511                cvs admin -ko <file>
4512                rm <file>
4513                cvs update <file>
4514
4515   After an import that didn't use '-ko' (because the whole tree wasn't
4516   of binary files) you should fix up the binary files as described above
4517   before checking out any new copies of the files and before updating
4518   any working directories you checked out earlier.
4519   
4520   See 4D.1 on Binary files.
4521   
4522   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
4523   
4524    6. How do I retain the original $\Revision$ strings in the sources? 
4525    
4526   If you want to leave old RCS keywords as they are, you can use the
4527   '-ko' tricks described above.
4528   
4529   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
4530   
4531    7. I imported some files for the Yarg compiler that compiles files with a
4532    suffix of ".yarg" and whose comment prefix is "YARG> ". When I check them
4533    out, they will no longer compile because they have this junk in them. Why? 
4534    
4535        YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>
4536        YARG> $\Log:
4537        # Revision 1.3  1998/03/03  00:16:16  bubba
4538        # What is 2+2 anyway?
4539        #
4540        # Revision 1.2  1998/03/03  00:15:15  bubba
4541        # Added scorekeeping.
4542        YARG>
4543        YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>YARG>
4544
4545   Well bubba, "Yarg" hasn't hit the big time yet. Neither RCS nor CVS
4546   know about your suffix or your comment prefix. So you have two
4547   choices:
4548   
4549     Check out the Yarg-less module, and tell all the files about your
4550   comment prefix. Visit each directory and type:
4551   
4552                cvs admin -c"YARG> " *.yarg
4553
4554   If *all* files in the whole directory tree are Yarg files, you can use
4555   this instead:
4556   
4557                cvs admin -c"YARG> " .
4558
4559   Then save any changes you made, remove all the "*.yarg" files and grab
4560   new copies from the Repository:
4561   
4562   rm *.yarg (or: find . -name '*.yarg' -exec rm {} ';') (or: find .
4563   -name '*.yarg' -print | xargs rm) (or: find . -name '*.yarg' -print0 |
4564   xargs -0 rm if you have spaces in filenames and the GNU find/xargs.)
4565   cvs update
4566   
4567   It might be faster to remove the whole directory and check it out
4568   again.
4569   
4570     Change the import.c file in the CVS sources and add the .yarg
4571   suffix, along with the "YARG> " comment prefix to the "comtable"
4572   array.
4573   
4574   If you ever plan to add new files with $\Log in them, you should also
4575   go into the RCS sources and make the same change in the table
4576   contained in the "rcsfnms.c" file.
4577   
4578   Then delete the imported files from the Repository and re-"import" the
4579   sources.
4580   
4581   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
4582   
4583    8. How do I make "import" save the timestamps on the original files? 
4584    
4585   Use "import -d" to save the current timestamps on the files as the RCS
4586   revision times.
4587   
4588   See 4D.8 for another aspect of file timestamps.
4589   
4590   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
4591   
4592    9. Why can't I "import" 3 releases on different branches? 
4593    
4594   I'll bet you typed something like this:
4595   
4596                cd /src/blasto.v2
4597                cvs import -b 1.1.2  VENDOR2 Version2
4598                cd /src/blasto.v3
4599                cvs import -b 1.1.3  VENDOR3 Version3
4600                cd /src/blasto.v4
4601                cvs import -b 1.1.4  VENDOR4 Version4
4602
4603   This is wrong, or at least it won't help you much. You have created
4604   three separate Vendor branches, which is probably not what you wanted.
4605   
4606   Earlier versions of CVS, as described in Brian Berliner's Usenix
4607   paper, tried to support multiple Vendor branches on the theory that
4608   you might receive source for the *same* program from multiple vendors.
4609   It turns out that this is very rare, whereas the need to branch in
4610   *your* development, for releases and for project branches, is much
4611   greater.
4612   
4613   So the model now is to use a single vendor branch to contain a series
4614   of releases from the same vendor. Your work moves along on the Main
4615   Trunk, or on a CVS branch to support a real "branch in development".
4616   
4617   To set this up, you should type this instead of the above:
4618   
4619                cd /src/blasto.v2
4620                cvs import VENDOR Version2
4621                cd /src/blasto.v3
4622                cvs import VENDOR Version3
4623                cd /src/blasto.v4
4624                cvs import VENDOR Version4
4625
4626   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
4627   
4628    10. What do I do if the Vendor adds or deletes files between releases? 
4629    
4630   Added files show up with no extra effort. To handle "removed" files,
4631   you should always compare the tree structure of the new release
4632   against the one you have in your Repository. If the Vendor has removed
4633   files since the previous release, go into a working directory
4634   containing your current version of the sources and "cvs remove"
4635   (followed by "cvs commit" to make it really take effect) each file
4636   that is no longer in the latest release.
4637   
4638   Using this scheme will allow you to "checkout" any version of the
4639   vendor's code, with the correct revisions and files, by using
4640   "checkout -r Version[234]".
4641   
4642   Renames are harder to find, since you have to compare file contents to
4643   determine that one has occurred. If you notice one, see 4B.8 on
4644   renaming files.
4645   
4646   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
4647   
4648    11. What about if the Vendor changes the names of files or directories, or
4649    rearranges the whole structure between releases? 
4650    
4651   Currently CVS can't handle this cleanly. It requires "renaming" a
4652   bunch of files or directories.
4653   
4654   See 4B.8 on "renaming" for more details.
4655   
4656   What I generally do is to close the Repository for a while and make
4657   changes in both the Repository and in a copy of the vendor release
4658   until the structure matches, then execute the import.
4659   
4660   If you ever have to check out and build an old version, you may have
4661   to use the new, or completely different Makefiles.
4662   
4663   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
4664   
4665    12. I thought "import" was for Vendor releases, why would I use it for code
4666    of my own? Do I have to use import? 
4667    
4668   For code you produce yourself, "import" is a convenience for fast
4669   insertion of whole trees. It is not necessary. You can just as easily
4670   create ",v" files using the RCS "ci" command and move them directly
4671   into the Repository.
4672   
4673   Other than the CVSROOT directory, the Repository consists entirely of
4674   directories of ",v" files. The Repository contains no other state
4675   information.
4676   
4677   See Section 4B, on Setting up and Managing the Repository.
4678   
4679   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
4680   
4681    13. How do I import a large Vendor release? 
4682    
4683   When the sum of the changes made by the Vendor and the changes made by
4684   local developers is small, "import" is not a big problem. But when you
4685   are managing a large Repository, any care taken up front will save you
4686   time later.
4687   
4688   First read the following, then, before executing "import", see the
4689   questions in Section 4C dealing with branch merges and Vendor branch
4690   merges.
4691   
4692     If this is not the first import of this code, before starting, rtag
4693   the whole directory you will be changing.
4694   
4695     The first step is to make sure the structure of the new files
4696   matches the structure of the current Repository.
4697   
4698   Run "find . -print | sort" on both trees and "diff" the output.
4699   
4700     Alter the "source" tree until the "diff" (of the list of filenames,
4701   not of the whole trees) shows that the directory structures are
4702   equivalent.
4703   
4704   The "comm" command, if you have it, can help figure out what has been
4705   added or deleted between releases.
4706   
4707     If they deleted any files, you can handle them cleanly with "cvs
4708   remove". The command "comm -23 files.old files.new" will show you a
4709   list of files that need to be removed.
4710   
4711   You should examine the list first to see if any have been renamed
4712   rather than simply deleted.
4713   
4714     If they renamed any files, see 4B.8 on renaming files.
4715   
4716     Remember to *SAVE* the output from the import command.
4717   
4718     When you have dealt with removed and renamed files, then you can
4719   execute the import:
4720   
4721   cd <new source>
4722           cvs import -I ! -m "Message" <repos> <VendorTag> <ReleaseTag>
4723
4724   Where
4725   
4726   "-I !" is an optional argument that keeps "import" from ignoring
4727   files. The comparison of the "find" commands above will probably avoid
4728   the need for this, but it is easier to remove files from the
4729   Repository than to run a subset "import" to catch just the ignored
4730   files. [You might have to quote or backwhack the '!'.]
4731   
4732           Message      is the log message to be stored in the RCS files.
4733
4734           <repos>      is a relative path to a directory within the
4735                        Repository.  The directory <new source> must be at
4736                        the same relative level within the new sources as
4737                        the <repos> you give is within the Repository.  (I
4738                        realize this is not obvious.  Experiment first.)
4739
4740           <VendorTag>  is a Tag used to identify the Vendor who sent you
4741                        the files you are importing.  All "imports" into
4742                        the same <repos> *must* use the same VendorTag.
4743                        You can find it later by using the "log" command.
4744
4745   <ReleaseTag> is a Tag used to identify the particular release of the
4746   software you are importing. It must be unique and should be mnemonic
4747   -- at least include the revision number in it. (Note: you can't use
4748   '.' characters in a Tag. Substitute '_' or '-'.)
4749   
4750     There will be six categories of files to deal with. (Actually there
4751   are eight, but you have already dealt with "removed" and "renamed"
4752   files.)
4753   
4754   If this is the first "import" into a given <repos> directory, only the
4755   first three of these ('I', 'L' and 'N') can occur.
4756   
4757     Ignored file.
4758   
4759   CVS prints: I filename
4760   
4761   You'll need to examine it to see if it *should* have been ignored. If
4762   you use "-I !", nothing will be ignored.
4763   
4764     Symbolic link.
4765   
4766   CVS prints: L linkname
4767   
4768   Links are "ignored", but you'll probably want to create a "checkout
4769   helper" function to regenerate them.
4770   
4771     New file.
4772   
4773   CVS prints: N filename
4774   
4775   CVS creates a new file in the Repository. You don't have to do
4776   anything to the file, but you might have to change Makefiles to refer
4777   to it if this is really a new file.
4778   
4779     A file unchanged by the Vendor since its last release.
4780   
4781   CVS prints: U filename
4782   
4783   CVS will notice this and simply add the new ReleaseTag to the latest
4784   rev on the Vendor branch.
4785   
4786   No work will be needed by you, whether you have changed the file or
4787   not. No one will notice anything.
4788   
4789     A file changed by the Vendor, but not by you.
4790   
4791   CVS prints: U filename
4792   
4793   CVS should add the file onto the vendor branch and attach the Release
4794   Tag to it.
4795   
4796   When you next execute "update" in any working directory you'll get the
4797   new revision.
4798   
4799     A file changed by both the Vendor and by you.
4800   
4801   CVS prints: C filename
4802   
4803   These are the trouble files. For each of these files (or in groups --
4804   I usually do one directory at a time), you must execute:
4805   
4806                    cvs update -j <PreviousReleaseTag> -j <ReleaseTag>
4807                or
4808                    cvs update -j <VendorTag:yesterday> -j <VendorTag>
4809
4810   It will print either 'M' (if no overlaps) or 'C', if overlaps. If a
4811   'C' shows up, you'll need to edit the file by hand.
4812   
4813   Then, for every file, you'll need to execute "cvs commit".
4814   
4815   See the part of Section 4C dealing with branch merges.
4816   
4817     If you are truly performing a large import, you will most likely
4818   need help. Managing those people is another problem area.
4819   
4820   Since the merge of the Vendor branch is just like any other merge, you
4821   should read section 4C for more info about performing and cleaning up
4822   merges.
4823   
4824   The larger the import, and the larger the group of people involved,
4825   the more often you should use "tag" and "rtag" to record even trivial
4826   milestones. See 4C.14, especially the "paranoid" section.
4827   
4828   Before starting the import, you should install and test a "commitinfo"
4829   procedure to record all commits in a file or via Email to a mail
4830   archive. Along with the tags you placed on the Repository before the
4831   import, this archive will help to track what was changed, if problems
4832   occur
4833   
4834   There are four stages to the recovery:
4835   
4836     Parcel out the work -- Effective Emacs Engineering.
4837   
4838   As input to the assignment process, you might want to examine the tree
4839   and record the last person who changed the file. You can also
4840   research, if you don't already know, who is expert in each area of the
4841   software.
4842   
4843   Examine the import log (you saved the output, right?), estimate how
4844   much work is involved in each area and assign groups of files to
4845   individual developers. Unless some directory is immense, it is easier
4846   to manage if you assign whole directories to one person.
4847   
4848   Keep a list. Suggest a completion date/time. Tell them to "commit" the
4849   file when they are finished with the merge. If you tagged the
4850   Repository before starting the import, you should have no trouble
4851   figuring out what happened.
4852   
4853   If you can, find out (or tell them) which working directory to use.
4854   You should verify that the working directory they use is on the Main
4855   Branch ("update -A") and without modified files.
4856   
4857   If you trust your crew, have them notify you by Email. Have them send
4858   you the output from "cvs update" in their working directory. You might
4859   have to poll some people until you are certain they have finished, or
4860   have given up. (This is not an invention. I've heard a false, "Yeah,
4861   sure. I finished yesterday," more times that you'd believe.)
4862   
4863   When all reports are in, go on to the Source Verification stage.
4864   
4865     Source Verification -- CVS and other Tools.
4866   
4867   If you didn't dictate which ones to use, find all working directories
4868   and run "cvs -n update" in all of them. The history command and the
4869   "commitinfo" log you set up might help to find checked out working
4870   directories.
4871   
4872   Sticky conflict flags will help, but they can't recover from
4873   sloppiness or incompetence. You might want to check everything out
4874   into a tree and grep for the parts of the merge conflict markers CVS
4875   doesn't look for. CVS looks for the string '^>>>>>>> '. The merge
4876   operation also puts '^<<<<<<< ' and '^======= ' markers in the file
4877   that careless developers might leave there.
4878   
4879   If you find problems simply by looking at the source files and working
4880   directories, start the flogging now. Resolving the textual conflicts
4881   is the easy part. Weed the turkeys out before reaching the next part
4882   of the cleanup -- the resolution of logical conflicts.
4883   
4884   Then apply a set of post-commit tags.
4885   
4886     Logical Verification -- Diff and powerful eyeballs.
4887   
4888   No source control system can solve the problem of resolving
4889   distributed conflicts in program logic. If you change the argument
4890   template for function A (defined in file A.c) and add new calls to
4891   function A from within function B (defined in file B.c) using the old
4892   argument format, you are outside the realm of CVS's competence.
4893   
4894   Assign someone to understand what the Vendor changed by running "cvs
4895   diff -c -r <PreviousReleaseTag> <ReleaseTag>", where the tags were
4896   those handed to the last two invocations of "import".
4897   
4898   Then have the same person compare that output (logically or you can
4899   actually diff the diffs) to the output of the similar "cvs diff -c -r
4900   <pre-import-tag> <post-commit-tag>". The two sets of differences
4901   should be almost identical. They should both show only the work *you*
4902   have performed.
4903   
4904     Product Verification -- Build and Test.
4905   
4906   Don't let your help off the hook until you verify that the merge
4907   actually produced something that can compile and pass tests. Compiling
4908   should really be part of the logical verification phase, but you
4909   should test the output of the build system before declaring victory
4910   and releasing the troops.
4911   
4912     After it is all built, apply another set of tags to mark the end of
4913   the "import process". You can delete the intermediate tags you added
4914   during source and logic testing, but keep the "pre-import" and
4915   "post-import" tags forever.
4916   
4917   Of course, experience can tell you when to skip a step. But I'd start
4918   out by considering each one as necessary unless you can prove
4919   otherwise.
4920   
4921   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
4922   
4923    14. Explain: ERROR: cannot create link to <file>: Permission denied 
4924    
4925   This error appears when you try to execute a second (or later)
4926   "import" into the same module from a directory to which you don't have
4927   write access.
4928   
4929   The "link error" is caused by a feature purposely added to speed up
4930   the import.
4931   
4932   Though the error message is somewhat strange, it indicates that
4933   "import" is supposed to be executed only in writable directories.
4934   
4935   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
4936   
4937    15. Where does the -m <message> go when the file doesn't change? 
4938    
4939   The <message> handed to import is used as an RCS log message, but only
4940   if the imported file changed since the last version on the Vendor
4941   branch. If the imported file hasn't changed, then no new revision is
4942   created. The <ReleaseTag> is still applied, but to the previous
4943   revision. So the Tags are still correct, but the message is lost.
4944   
4945   Maybe it should be appended to the previous log message. But currently
4946   it isn't.
4947   
4948   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
4949   
4950    16. How do I "import" just the files ignored by a previous "import"? 
4951    
4952   A real answer follows, but first, an editorial:
4953   
4954   I am now convinced that you should always use the "-I !" option.
4955   Removing a few extraneous files from the Repository is a lot easier
4956   than the recovery step described below.
4957   
4958   Let's assume your original import procedure was: (We assume there is
4959   enough disk space in /tmp.)
4960   
4961   cd <head-of-vendor-tree>
4962            cvs import -m 'xyz 1.3' gnu/xyz GNU GNUXYZ_1_3 | tee /tmp/IMP
4963
4964   To import just the files ignored by "import", I would do this:
4965   
4966     Create a list of the ignored files to import:
4967   
4968   cd <head-of-vendor-tree> awk '/^I / {print $2}' /tmp/IMP | sed
4969   's|^gnu/xyz/||' > /tmp/IG [Edit the IG file to contain just the files
4970   you want.]
4971   
4972     Then create a sparse directory by handing your list to the GNU
4973   version of "tar", installed in many places as "gtar":
4974   
4975   mkdir /tmp/FIXUP gtar -T /tmp/IG -c -f - . | (cd /tmp/FIXUP; gtar xvBf
4976   -)
4977   
4978     Then rerun the import. Use the exact same command, but execute it in
4979   the sparse directory tree you just created. And this time, tell it not
4980   to ignore anything.
4981   
4982   cd /tmp/FIXUP
4983           cvs import -I ! -m 'xyz 1.3' gnu/xyz GNU GNUXYZ_1_3
4984
4985   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
4986   
4987    17. Why did "import" ignore all the symlinks? 
4988    
4989   This is another design choice.
4990   
4991   Like the Unix "tar" command, "import" could sprout an option to follow
4992   symbolic links, but I don't think CVS will ever follow symbolic links
4993   by default.
4994   
4995   Two possible future enhancements have been seriously discussed:
4996   
4997     Treat symbolic links as data in its parent directory (the way
4998   ClearCase does) in some sort of per-directory control file.
4999   
5000     Treat symbolic links as version-controlled elements themselves,
5001   whose data is the value of readlink(2).
5002   
5003   For now, they are simply ignored.
5004   
5005   If you want to save and reconstruct symlinks, you might want to define
5006   a "checkout" or "update" program in the modules file which could
5007   consult a file kept under CVS in your working directory and make sure
5008   the specified links are in place.
5009   
5010   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5011   
5012  Category: /Commands_/log_lo_rlog/
5013  
5014   " + "log", "lo", "rlog""
5015   
5016    1. What is "log" for? 
5017    
5018   To provide an interface to the RCS "rlog" command, which displays
5019   information about the underlying RCS files, including the revision
5020   history and Tag (RCS calls it a "symbol") list.
5021   
5022   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5023   
5024    2. How do I extract the log entries between two revisions? 
5025    
5026   If both <rev1> and <rev2> are on the same branch, you can get what you
5027   are looking for with: (If they aren't on the same branch you'll either
5028   get an error or a display of the whole change log.)
5029   
5030                cvs log -r<rev1>:<rev2> <file>
5031
5032   If you want all the revisions on the branch from <rev1> to the end of
5033   the branch <rev1> is on, you can use:
5034   
5035                cvs log -r<rev1>: <file>
5036
5037   (If <rev1> is a numeric RCS symbol attached to a branch revision with
5038   an even number of '.'s in it, you get the whole branch.)
5039   
5040   If you want all the revisions on the branch from the beginning of the
5041   branch <rev2> is on up to revision <rev2>, you can use:
5042   
5043                cvs log -r:<rev2> <file>
5044
5045   Note: Depending on whether <rev1> and <rev2> are:
5046   
5047                        - numeric or symbolic
5048                        - in the file or not
5049                        - on the same branch or not
5050
5051                the RCS "rlog" (and therefore the "cvs log") command will
5052                display some combination of:
5053
5054                        - error messages
5055                        - (intuitively correct) partial log listings
5056                        - a display of the entire change log.
5057
5058   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5059   
5060    3. How do I extract the log entries on a whole branch? 
5061    
5062                cvs log -r<rev> <file>
5063
5064   where <rev> must be a branch revision (one with an even number of
5065   dots) or a *non-branch* tag on a branch revision. Non-branch tags on a
5066   branch revision are not normally attached by CVS, to add one you will
5067   have to explicitly tag a physical branch number within each file.
5068   Since these branch numbers are almost never the same in different
5069   files, this command is not all that useful.
5070   
5071   The intuitive command (at least from the CVS perspective):
5072   
5073                cvs log -r<branch_tag> <file>
5074
5075   does not work.
5076   
5077   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5078   
5079    4. How do I generate ChangeLogs from RCS logs? 
5080    
5081   A program called rcs2log is distributed as part of GNU Emacs 19. A
5082   (possibly older) version of this program appears in the contrib
5083   directory of the cvs source tree.
5084   
5085   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5086   
5087    5. Why does "log" tell me a file was committed exactly 5 hours later 
5088    
5089   than I know it was?
5090   
5091   I can tell by this question that you were working in a time zone that
5092   is 5 hours behind GMT (e.g. the U.S. East Coast in winter).
5093   
5094   RCS file dates are stored in GMT to allow users in different time
5095   zones to agree on the meaning of a timestamp. At first glance this
5096   doesn't seem necessary, but many companies use distributed file
5097   systems, such as NFS or AFS, across multiple timezones.
5098   
5099   Some standard form must be used. GMT, as the "grid origin", is an
5100   obvious candidate. The only other reasonable choice is to put the
5101   timezone information in all the time stamps, but that changes the RCS
5102   file format incompatibly, a step which has been avoided in the last
5103   few RCS releases.
5104   
5105   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5106   
5107  Category: /Commands_/patch_pa_rdiff/
5108  
5109   " + "patch", "pa", "rdiff""
5110   
5111    1. What is "patch" for? 
5112    
5113   To produce a "diff" between tagged releases to be handed to the
5114   "patch" command at other sites. This is the standard way that source
5115   patches are distributed on the network.
5116   
5117   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5118   
5119    2. Why does "patch" include files from the Attic when I use '-D'? 
5120    
5121   See the explanation of the same problem with "update -D" contained in
5122   section 5B.
5123   
5124   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5125   
5126    3. How do I make "patch" produce a patch for one or two files? It seems to
5127    work only with modules. 
5128    
5129   Patch is intended for producing patches of whole modules between
5130   releases to be distributed to remote sites. Instead of "patch", you
5131   can use the "diff" command with the '-c' context option:
5132   
5133             cvs diff -c -r <rev/tag> -r <rev/tag> <file1> . . .
5134
5135   The patch command will be able to merge such a "diff" into the remote
5136   source files.
5137   
5138   If you configured CVS to use a version of "diff" that supports the
5139   '-u' option, you can produce a more compact "patch" in "unidiff"
5140   format. The latest revisions of the patch command can parse and apply
5141   patches in "unidiff" format.
5142   
5143   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5144   
5145  Category: /Commands_/release_re_rel/
5146  
5147   " + "release", "re", "rel""
5148   
5149    1. What is "release" for? 
5150    
5151   To register that a module is no longer in use. It is intended to
5152   reverse the effects of a "checkout" by adding a record to the history
5153   file to balance the checkout record and by optionally allowing you to
5154   delete the checked-out directory associated with the module name.
5155   
5156   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5157   
5158    2. Why can't I reverse a "cvs checkout path/name/subdir" with a "cvs
5159    release path/name/subdir" without an "unknown module name"? 
5160    
5161   A simplistic implementation. (I can say this -- I wrote it.)
5162   
5163   The "release" function was written for CVS 1.2 under the assumption
5164   that the "module name" is a first class, unavoidable interface to the
5165   Repository, allowing no way to retrieve anything other than by module
5166   name. Though it is easier to program that way, many users of CVS
5167   believe the modules support to be too primitive to allow such a
5168   limitation.
5169   
5170   Since "release" was written, other parts of CVS broke that assumption.
5171   It needs to be revised.
5172   
5173   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5174   
5175    3. Why can't I "release" portions of a checked out directory? I should be
5176    able to "release" any file or sub-directory within my working directory. 
5177    
5178   This isn't really a limitation in "release", per se. CVS doesn't try
5179   to keep track of which files in which directories are "checked out"
5180   and which are just lying there. You can delete directories and
5181   "update" will not bring them back unless you add a special "-d"
5182   option.
5183   
5184   In other words, CVS doesn't keep track of how you adjust the partition
5185   between files you consider part of your working set and files that
5186   were checked out because they are part of the same module or
5187   directory. And neither does "release".
5188   
5189   In future CVS releases, "release" might become sophisticated enough to
5190   handle both the reversal of a "checkout" and the deletion of random
5191   portions of the working directory, but it isn't that way now.
5192   
5193   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5194   
5195    4. I removed the tree that I was about to start working on. How do I tell
5196    cvs that I want to release it if I don't have it anymore? 
5197    
5198   See 3G.4.
5199   
5200   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5201   
5202    5. Why doesn't "release -d module" reverse a "checkout module"? 
5203    
5204   It does, if you are using "module" in a way that "release" expects: a
5205   non-alias string in the left column of the "modules" database.
5206   
5207   If "module" is really an alias, or if you are using a relative path in
5208   the place of "module", or if you renamed the directory with the -d
5209   option in the modules file or on the "checkout" command line, then the
5210   current version of "release" won't work.
5211   
5212   Future versions of "release" will probably fix most of these.
5213   
5214   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5215   
5216    6. Why can't I release a module renamed with "cvs checkout -d"? 
5217    
5218   The current version of "release" doesn't know how to track the
5219   renaming option ('-d') of the "checkout" command. It will probably be
5220   fixed in the future.
5221   
5222   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5223   
5224  Category: /Commands_/remove_rm_delete/
5225  
5226   " + "remove", "rm", "delete""
5227   
5228    1. What is "remove" for? 
5229    
5230   To remove a file from the working branch. It removes a file from the
5231   main branch by placing it in an "Attic" directory.
5232   
5233   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5234   
5235    2. Why doesn't "remove" work on directories when it appears to try? 
5236    
5237   Oversight. It should be able to delete an empty directory, but you
5238   still don't have a way to remember when it was there and when it
5239   disappeared to allow the "-D " option to work.
5240   
5241   You'll have to remove the working directory and the matching directory
5242   in the Repository.
5243   
5244   Note that you want to do a _cvs remove dir_ in the working directory,
5245   do a cvs commit, and then do a _rmdir dir_ in the Repository.
5246   (msusrtsp.mark at eds dot com)
5247   
5248   Last modified: _12/18/1997_
5249   
5250    3. I don't like removing files. Is there another way to ignore them? 
5251    
5252   There's no reason to be hasty in using the "remove" command.
5253   
5254   If there is a way to ignore files in your build procedures, I'd just
5255   do that. Later, when you decide that the files are really ancient, you
5256   can execute a "remove" command to clean up.
5257   
5258   The CVS "ignore" concept can't ignore files already in CVS.
5259   
5260   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5261   
5262    4. I just removed a file. How do I resurrect it? 
5263    
5264   If you executed "remove", but haven't typed "commit" (you can tell
5265   this by the 'R' notation that "update" prints next to the file), you
5266   can execute "add" to reverse the "remove".
5267   
5268   If you followed the "remove" with a "commit", you'll have to move it
5269   back out of the Attic by hand:
5270   
5271   I use something like this: (csh-like syntax)
5272   
5273                set repos = `cat ./CVS/Repository`
5274                mv $repos/Attic/filename,v $repos/filename,v
5275
5276   (If you use relative paths in your Repository files, that first line
5277   becomes: set repos = $CVSROOT/`cat ./CVS/Repository`)
5278   
5279   While a file is in the Attic, you can't "add" another file by the same
5280   name. To add such a file you either have to move it by hand as in the
5281   above, or delete it from the Attic.
5282   
5283   The main reason for the Attic is to retain files with tags in them. If
5284   you execute: "update -r <oldtag>", files with <oldtag> attached to
5285   some revision will be taken from the normal Repository area and from
5286   the Attic. That's why you can't "add" a file with the same name.
5287   "remove" only moves a file off the main branch, it doesn't obliterate
5288   it.
5289   
5290   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5291   
5292    5. Why doesn't "remove" delete the file? Instead, it prints an error
5293    message and tells me to remove the file by hand. 
5294    
5295   Design choice. Unix software written within last decade, usually
5296   requires an extra verification step, such as answering a question or
5297   adding a flag on the command line. CVS currently requires that you
5298   delete the file first unless you specify the '-f' (force) option,
5299   which deletes the file before performing "cvs remove".
5300   
5301   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5302   
5303  Category: /Commands_/rtag_rt_rfreeze/
5304  
5305   " + "rtag", "rt", "rfreeze""
5306   
5307    1. What is "rtag" for? 
5308    
5309   To add a symbolic label (a "tag") to the last committed revisions of a
5310   module directly in the Repository.
5311   
5312   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5313   
5314    2. Why use "rtag"? It assumes no one is changing the Repository. 
5315    
5316   Though the "tag" command is more useful in marking the revisions you
5317   have in a particular working directory, "rtag" is much handier for
5318   whole-Repository actions, which occur at major release boundaries.
5319   
5320   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5321   
5322    3. What revision does "rtag -r <tag1> <tag2>" actually put the tag on? 
5323    
5324   In short, the '-r' option is another way to select the revision to
5325   tag. The revision is selected the same way for all commands that
5326   accept a "-r <tag/rev>" option.
5327   
5328   Depending on whether <tag1> is a <branch_tag>, or a non-branch <tag>
5329   and on whether you use the '-b' option to "rtag", you get four
5330   different results:
5331   
5332     rtag -r <tag1> <tag2>
5333   
5334   Adds the non-branch tag <tag2> to the same revision that the
5335   non-branch tag <tag1> is attached to.
5336   
5337   Example:
5338                <tag1>          --> TT1
5339                <tag2>          --> TT2
5340                <file>          --> Symbols: TT1:1.4
5341                After           --> Symbols: TT1:1.4,TT2:1.4
5342
5343     rtag -r <branch_tag1> <tag2>
5344   
5345   Adds the non-branch tag <tag2> to the HEAD of (the highest revision
5346   number on) the branch labelled with tag <branch_tag1>.
5347   
5348   Example:
5349                <branch_tag1>   --> BR1
5350                <tag2>          --> TT2
5351                <file>          --> Symbols: BR1:1.2.0.2 (1.2.2.5 is HEAD)
5352                After           --> Symbols: BR1:1.2.0.2,TT2:1.2.2.5
5353
5354   If the branch tagged by <branch_tag1> has not been created, then the
5355   tag shows up on the branch point revision:
5356   
5357   Example:
5358                <branch_tag1>   --> BR1
5359                <tag2>          --> TT2
5360                <file>          --> Symbols: BR1:1.2.0.2 (No 1.2.X exists.)
5361                After           --> Symbols: BR1:1.2.0.2,TT2:1.2
5362
5363     rtag -b -r <tag1> <branch_tag2>
5364   
5365   Adds the magic branch tag <branch_tag2> to the revision that the
5366   non-branch tag <tag1> is attached to, preparing it to be a branch
5367   point.
5368   
5369   Example:
5370                <tag1>          --> TT1
5371                <branch_tag2>   --> BR2
5372                <file>          --> Symbol: TT1:1.4
5373                After           --> Symbol: TT1:1.4, BR2:1.4.0.2
5374
5375     rtag -b -r <branch_tag1> <branch_tag2>
5376   
5377   Adds the magic branch tag <branch_tag2> to the revision at the HEAD of
5378   (the highest revision number on) the branch labelled with
5379   <branch_tag1>, preparing it to be a branch point.
5380   
5381   Example:
5382                <branch_tag1>   --> BR1
5383                <branch_tag2>   --> BR2
5384                <file>          --> Symbol: BR1:1.2.0.2 (1.2.2.5 is HEAD)
5385                After           --> Symbol: BR1:1.2.0.2,BR2:1.2.2.5.0.2
5386
5387   If the branch tagged by <branch_tag1> has not been created, then the
5388   tag shows up as a second branch off the same branch point revision:
5389   
5390   Example:
5391                <branch_tag1>   --> BR1
5392                <tag2>          --> TT2
5393                <file>          --> Symbols: BR1:1.2.0.2 (No 1.2.X exists.)
5394                After           --> Symbols: BR1:1.2.0.2,TT2:1.2.0.4
5395
5396   In all four cases above, if <tag2> already exists on the file, you get
5397   an error unless you specify the '-F' option.
5398   
5399   In all four cases, if <tag1> does not exist on the file, <tag2> is not
5400   added unless you specify the '-f' option.
5401   
5402   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5403   
5404    4. What happens if the tags are the same in "rtag -r <tag> <tag>"? 
5405    
5406   Again, there are four cases depending on whether <tag> is a branch
5407   tag, or a non-branch tag and on whether you use the '-b' option to
5408   "rtag":
5409   
5410     rtag -r <tag> <tag>
5411   
5412   Is a no-op. It does nothing even with '-F' specified.
5413   
5414   If you add the '-f' option ("rtag -f -r <tag> <tag>"), then <tag> is
5415   attached to the latest revision on the Main Branch if the file does
5416   *not* already have <tag> on some revision.
5417   
5418   If the <tag> is already on the file, using "rtag -f" is still a no-op.
5419   
5420     rtag -r <branch_tag> <branch_tag>
5421   
5422   Produces an error, since the <branch_tag> is already on some revision
5423   of the file.
5424   
5425   But, "rtag -F -r <branch_tag> <branch_tag>" turns the magic branch tag
5426   into a non-branch tag.
5427   
5428   Symbols: BR1:1.4.0.2 becomes Symbols: BR1:1.4
5429   
5430     rtag -b -r <tag> <tag>
5431   
5432   Produces an error, since the <tag> is already on the file.
5433   
5434   But, "rtag -F -b -r <tag> <tag>" turns the non-branch tag into a magic
5435   branch tag.
5436   
5437   Symbols: BR1:1.4 becomes Symbols: BR1:1.4.0.2
5438   
5439     rtag -b -r <branch_tag> <branch_tag>
5440   
5441   Produces an error, since the <branch_tag> is already on the file.
5442   
5443   But, "rtag -F -b -r <branch_tag> <branch_tag>" increments the branch
5444   number. It essentially removes the branch and creates a new one by the
5445   same name.
5446   
5447   Symbols: BR1:1.2.0.4 becomes Symbols: BR1:1.2.0.6
5448   
5449   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5450   
5451    5. Why doesn't "rtag -b -r <branch_tag1> <branch_tag2>" rename or duplicate
5452    a magic branch tag? 
5453    
5454   None of the "tag" or "rtag" options rename anything. They only apply
5455   (or, with the '-F' option, move) tags to specific revisions in the
5456   file.
5457   
5458   See 3M.[3-4] above for details of how it works.
5459   
5460   To rename a non-branch tag, see 3O.9. To rename a magic branch tag,
5461   see 4D.5
5462   
5463   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5464   
5465  Category: /Commands_/status_st_stat/
5466  
5467   " + "status", "st", "stat""
5468   
5469    1. What is "status" for? 
5470    
5471   To display the status of files, including the revision and branch you
5472   are working on and the existence of "sticky" information.
5473   
5474   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5475   
5476    2. Why does "status" limit the File: at the top to 17 characters? 
5477    
5478   Designed that way to line up with other data. You can find the whole
5479   filename in the line beginning with "RCS version:", which is not
5480   limited in length.
5481   
5482   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5483   
5484    3. Why does it print "Sticky" lines when the values are "(none)"? 
5485    
5486   Oversight. It should probably elide lines without information.
5487   
5488   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5489   
5490    4. Shouldn't the status "Needs Checkout" be "Needs Update"? 
5491    
5492   Probably.
5493   
5494   [[Did this show up in CVS 1.4?]]
5495   
5496   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5497   
5498  Category: /Commands_/tag_ta_freeze/
5499  
5500   " + "tag", "ta", "freeze""
5501   
5502    1. What is "tag" for? 
5503    
5504   To add a symbolic label (a "tag") to the RCS files last checked out,
5505   updated or committed in a working directory.
5506   
5507   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5508   
5509    2. What is the difference between "tag" and "rtag"? 
5510    
5511   The end result of both commands is that a <tag>, or symbolic name, is
5512   attached to a single revision in each of a collection of files.
5513   
5514   The differences lie in:
5515   
5516     The collection of files they work on.
5517   
5518   "rtag" works on the collection of files referred to by a "module" name
5519   as defined in the "modules" file, or a relative path within the
5520   Repository.
5521   
5522   "tag" works on files and directories specified on the command line
5523   within the user's working directory. (Default is '.')
5524   
5525   Both commands recursively follow directory hierarchies within the
5526   named files and directories.
5527   
5528     The revisions they choose to tag.
5529   
5530   "rtag" places a tag on the latest committed revision of each file on
5531   the branch specified by the '-r' option. By default it tags the Main
5532   Branch.
5533   
5534   "tag" places a tag on the BASE (i.e. last checked out, updated or
5535   committed) revision of each file found in the working directory. (The
5536   BASE revision of a file is the one stored in the ./CVS/Entries file.)
5537   
5538     A different set of command line options.
5539   
5540   For example, "rtag" takes a "-r <oldtag>" option to retag an existing
5541   tag. The "tag" command does not.
5542   
5543     How it is logged.
5544   
5545   Currently "rtag" records the <tag> and the module in the "history"
5546   file, while "tag" does not.
5547   
5548   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5549   
5550    3. Why does "tag -b" not put a tag on the Branch Point revision? How do I
5551    refer to the Branch Point? 
5552    
5553   This is probably an oversight, or a disbelief in the need for it. If
5554   everything works perfectly, the "update -j" command will do the merge
5555   you need and you don't need to check up on it by playing with the
5556   branch point revision.
5557   
5558   The '-b' option attaches a magic branch tag to allow CVS later to
5559   figure out the branch point. The actual revision that <tag> is
5560   attached to does not exist. References to the branch tag are
5561   equivalent to references to the latest revision on the branch.
5562   
5563   There is no way to refer to the branch point without adding a
5564   non-branch tag. You might want to add non-branch tags as a habit and
5565   add branch tags later, possibly immediate after adding the non-branch
5566   tag. See 4C.3 on Creating a Branch.
5567   
5568   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5569   
5570    4. So "{r}tag" labels a bunch of files. What do you use a Tag for? 
5571    
5572   You use it to "checkout" the labeled collection of files as a single
5573   object, referring to it by name.
5574   
5575   Anywhere a revision number can be used a Tag can be used. In fact tags
5576   are more useful because they draw a line through a collection of
5577   files, marking a development milestone.
5578   
5579   The way to think about a Tag is as a curve drawn through a matrix of
5580   filename vs. revision number. Consider this:
5581   
5582   Say we have 5 files (in some arbitrary modules, some may be in 2 or
5583   more modules by name, some may be in 2 or more modules because of the
5584   Repository tree structure) with the following revisions:
5585   
5586                file1   file2   file3   file4   file5
5587
5588                1.1     1.1     1.1     1.1  /--1.1*      <-*-  <tag>
5589                1.2*-   1.2     1.2    -1.2*-
5590                1.3  \- 1.3*-   1.3   / 1.3
5591                1.4          \  1.4  /  1.4
5592                              \-1.5*-   1.5
5593                                1.6
5594
5595   At some time in the past, the '*' versions were tagged. Think of the
5596   <tag> as a handle attached to the curve drawn through the tagged
5597   revisions. When you pull on the handle, you get all the tagged
5598   revisions. Another way to look at it is that you draw a straight line
5599   through the set of revisions you care about and shuffle the other
5600   revisions accordingly. Like this:
5601   
5602                file1   file2   file3   file4   file5
5603
5604                                1.1
5605                                1.2
5606                        1.1     1.3                       _
5607                1.1     1.2     1.4     1.1              /
5608                1.2*----1.3*----1.5*----1.2*----1.1     (--- <-- Look here
5609                1.3             1.6     1.3              \_
5610                1.4                     1.4
5611                                        1.5
5612
5613   I find that using these visual aids, it is much easier to understand
5614   what a <tag> is and what it is useful for.
5615   
5616   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5617   
5618    5. How do I get "tag" and "rtag" to send mail the way "commit" does? 
5619    
5620   The "commit" command is supported by two files ("commitinfo" and
5621   "loginfo") not used by other commands. To do logging the same way for
5622   "tag" and "rtag" would require another file like loginfo, which
5623   currently doesn't exist.
5624   
5625   The "rtag" command requires a "module" entry, which can specify a
5626   "tag" program using the "-t programname" option on the module line.
5627   
5628   There is no equivalent support for "tag".
5629   
5630   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5631   
5632    6. Why can't "tag" handle the '-r' option that "rtag" takes? 
5633    
5634   Oversight. The answer is probably "Fixed in a Future Release."
5635   
5636   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5637   
5638    7. After a "tag <tag>" in my working directory, why doesn't "checkout -r
5639    <tag>" somewhere else produce copies of my current files? 
5640    
5641   The only reason this would fail, other than misspelling the <tag>
5642   string, is that you didn't "commit" your work before "tagging" it.
5643   Only committed revisions may be tagged. Modified files are not marked
5644   for later tagging.
5645   
5646   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5647   
5648    8. Why doesn't "tag" write a history record the way "rtag" does? 
5649    
5650   The "rtag" command was originally intended to place major "release"
5651   tags onto modules. The "tag" functionality was developed to *move* the
5652   more significant tag when slight changes to individual files sneaked
5653   in after the release tag was stamped onto the Repository.
5654   
5655   The significant event was the "rtag", which was recorded in the
5656   "history" file for the "history -T" option to work.
5657   
5658   It turns out that "tag" is generally more useful than "rtag", so the
5659   model has changed. Future revisions of CVS will probably store both
5660   kinds of tags in the history file.
5661   
5662   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5663   
5664    9. How do I rename a <tag>? 
5665    
5666   For a procedure to rename a branch tag, See section 4D.5 The following
5667   covers only non-branch tags.
5668   
5669   First, pick a <newtag> that is not in use. You could reuse (i.e. move)
5670   an existing tag to the new revisions using the '-F' option, but that
5671   will confuse matters when both tags are not already on a file. (It
5672   will probably confuse "rtag -f" too.)
5673   
5674   Use "rtag" to place <newtag> only on revisions attached to <oldtag> in
5675   the whole Repository, then delete the old one.
5676   
5677                cvs rtag -r <oldtag> <newtag> world
5678                cvs rtag -d <oldtag> world.
5679
5680   You can also checkout or update your working directory to the <oldtag>
5681   and "tag" rather than "rtag" the result. But that will take longer and
5682   it has the chance of producing conflicts.
5683   
5684                cvs update -r <oldtag>
5685                cvs tag <newtag>
5686                cvs tag -d <oldtag>
5687                cvs update -A  (or cvs update -r <previous_tag>)
5688
5689   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5690   
5691  Category: /Commands_/update_up_upd/
5692  
5693   " + "update", "up", "upd""
5694   
5695    1. What is "update" for? 
5696    
5697   The "update" command is by far the most important command and is
5698   probably also the most used command.
5699   
5700   It has five purposes: (And many options.)
5701   
5702     To display the status of your working files.
5703   
5704   Though a plain "update" also displays the status, it does so after
5705   possibly altering your working directory. To see the status of your
5706   working files without changing anything, type:
5707   
5708                cvs -n update {optional list of files}
5709
5710     To merge changes made by others to the branch you are working on
5711   into your working files.
5712   
5713   Each working directory is attached to a branch, usually the Main
5714   branch. To merge changes made on your working branch since your last
5715   checkout, update or commit, type:
5716   
5717   cvs update {optional list of files}
5718   
5719     To merge changes made on another branch into the branch you are
5720   working on (your "working branch").
5721   
5722   If you want to grab a whole branch, from the branch point, which is
5723   assumed to be on the Main Branch, to the end of the branch, you type:
5724   
5725                cvs update -j <branch_tag> {optional files}
5726
5727   If you want to grab the changes made between two tags or revisions,
5728   you type:
5729   
5730                cvs update -j <tag1> -j <tag2> {optional files}
5731
5732   (If you are working with a single file, the Tags could also be
5733   revisions numbers. Unless you take great care to match revision
5734   numbers across different files (a waste of time given the way Tags
5735   work), using revision numbers in place of the Tags for multiple files
5736   would be meaningless.)
5737   
5738     To move your working directory to another branch.
5739   
5740   A working directory is presumed to be attached to (or working on) a
5741   particular branch, usually the Main branch. To alter what CVS believes
5742   to be your working branch, you "move" to that branch.
5743   
5744   To move to a tagged branch, type:
5745   
5746                cvs update -r <branch_tag> {optional files}
5747
5748   To move to the Main Branch, type:
5749   
5750                cvs update -A {optional files}
5751
5752   If you have modified files in your working directory, this is not a
5753   clean move. CVS will attempt to merge the changes necessary to make it
5754   look like you made the same changes to the new branch as you made in
5755   the old one. But if you do this twice without resolving the merge
5756   conflicts each time, you can lose work.
5757   
5758     To retrieve old revisions of files.
5759   
5760   This option is similar to 4 above but you are not restricted to using
5761   a <branch_tag>. You may specify any revision or <tag> with '-r' and
5762   get the specified revision or the tagged revision:
5763   
5764                cvs update -r <tag/rev> {optional files}
5765
5766   Or you may specify any date with '-D':
5767   
5768                cvs update -D <date> {optional files}
5769
5770   The '-p' option sends the revisions to standard output (normally your
5771   terminal) rather than setting the "sticky" tag and changing the files.
5772   
5773   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5774   
5775    2. What do 'U', 'M' and 'C' mean when I type "update"? Are they different
5776    for "cvs -n update"? 
5777    
5778   "cvs update" merges changes made to the Repository, since your last
5779   "checkout", "update" or "commit", into your working files. You can
5780   think of it as changing your BASE revision.
5781   
5782   "cvs update" prints lines beginning with:
5783   
5784   'U' after replacing your unmodified file with a different
5785                revision from the Repository.
5786
5787   'M' for two different reasons:
5788   
5789     for files you have modified that have not changed in the Repository.
5790   
5791     after a merge, if it detected no conflicts.
5792   
5793   'C' after a merge, if it detected conflicts. See 2D.7 and 3P.6 for
5794   more info on conflict resolution and "sticky conflicts."
5795   
5796   "cvs -n update" shows what it *would* do, rather than doing it. Or,
5797   another way of looking at it, "cvs -n update" displays the
5798   relationship between your current BASE revisions (identified in your
5799   ./CVS/Entries file) and the HEAD revisions (the latest revisions in
5800   the Repository).
5801   
5802   "cvs -n update" prints lines beginning with:
5803   
5804   'U' for files you have not modified that have changed in the
5805   Repository.
5806   
5807   'M' for files you have modified that have not changed in the
5808   Repository.
5809   
5810   'C' for files you have modified that have also been changed in the
5811   Repository.
5812   
5813   See 4C.6 for what the letters mean when merging in from another
5814   branch. The output is almost the same for a normal update if you
5815   consider the Repository as the branch and your working directory as
5816   the "trunk".
5817   
5818   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5819   
5820    3. What's the difference between "update" and "checkout"? 
5821    
5822   See 3C.4 above.
5823   
5824   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5825   
5826    4. Why don't I get new files when I execute "update"? 
5827    
5828   There are six reasons for nothing to happen during an "update":
5829   
5830     Nothing on your branch changed in the Repository.
5831   
5832   If no one has committed anything to the branch you are working on
5833   (normally the Main branch) since the last time you executed
5834   "checkout", "update" or "commit", nothing will happen.
5835   
5836   It's like shouting "xyzzy" or "plugh" in the wrong room.
5837   
5838     You have a "sticky" non-branch <tag> or <date> attached to the
5839   working files you are trying to "update".
5840   
5841   At some time in the past you checked out or updated your directory
5842   with the "-r <tag>" or "-D <date>" option. Until you do it again with
5843   a different tag or date, or go back to the Main Branch with "update
5844   -A", you will never again see any updates.
5845   
5846     The ./CVS/Entries.Static file exists and you are expecting a new
5847   file.
5848   
5849   If your ./CVS administrative directory contains a file named
5850   Entries.Static, no files will be checked out that aren't already in
5851   the Entries or Entries.Static file.
5852   
5853     You forgot to use the '-d' option and are looking for new
5854   directories.
5855   
5856   If you execute "update" without the '-d' option, it will not create
5857   new directories that have been added to the Repository.
5858   
5859     You typed "update" instead of "cvs update".
5860   
5861   On most Unix systems, your disk caches are now furiously being flushed
5862   by multiple update daemons, destroying performance and proving to
5863   management that you need more CPU power. :-)
5864   
5865   On HP systems you might be asked what package you want to install from
5866   the "update server".
5867   
5868     Someone removed (using "admin -o") your BASE revision (the revision
5869   CVS thought you had in your working directory), then committed a
5870   "replacement". CVS is now confused because the revision in the
5871   Repository matches your BASE revision when the files themselves don't
5872   match. See 3B.6.
5873   
5874   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5875   
5876    5. Why does "update" say 'M' both for plain modified files and for
5877    successful (i.e. conflict-free) merges? Aren't they different? 
5878    
5879   A design choice. Yes, they are different internally, but that
5880   shouldn't matter. Your files are in the same condition after the
5881   "update" as they were before -- a "diff" will display only your
5882   modifications. And you are expected to continue onward with parts two
5883   and three of the normal development cycle: "emacs" (a synonym for
5884   "edit" in most of the civilized world) and "commit".
5885   
5886   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5887   
5888    6. What's a "sticky conflict"? How does it know a conflict occurred? 
5889    
5890   When a "cvs update" (or an "update -j") creates a conflict, it prints
5891   a 'C' and stores the timestamp of the file after the merge in a
5892   special field in the ./CVS/Entries file.
5893   
5894   This conflict indication implies that the merge command altered your
5895   working file to contain conflict markers surrounding the overlapping
5896   code segments. For example, say that
5897   
5898   - Two developers acquire revision 1.2 of <file> via "checkout" or
5899   "update".
5900   
5901   - Developer A changes line 1 from "9999" to "5555", then commits the
5902   file, creating revision 1.3.
5903   
5904   - Developer B changes line 1 from "9999" to "7777", then tries to
5905   commit the file, but is blocked because the file is not up to date.
5906   Developer B then runs "update" and sees the conflict marker 'C'. The
5907   beginning of the file would look like this:
5908   
5909   <<<<<<< <file> The working <file> in question.
5910            7777                Change made to the working <file>.
5911            =======
5912            5555                Change made in the first commit (1.3)
5913            >>>>>>> 1.3         The revision created by the first commit.
5914
5915   The conflict is "sticky", which means that until the conflict is
5916   cleared, the "update" command will continue to display the file's
5917   status as 'C' and the "status" command will show the file's status as
5918   "Unresolved Conflict".
5919   
5920   Until the conflict is cleared, "commit" is blocked for this file.
5921   
5922   The sticky conflict indicator can be cleared by:
5923   
5924     Resolving the conflict by editing the file. Two things must happen
5925   before the conflict is considered resolved:
5926   
5927   The timestamp of the file must change. *and* The file must contain no
5928   conflict markers. (The string searched for in the file is the regexp:
5929   "^>>>>>>> ".)
5930   
5931   After clearing the sticky conflict indicator, you may then commit the
5932   file normally.
5933   
5934     Removing the file and running "update". This throws away the local
5935   changes and accepts the latest committed file on this branch. No
5936   commit is needed.
5937   
5938     Forcing the commit to happen by using "commit -f". This is probably
5939   a mistake since there are few lines of real text that begin with
5940   ">>>>>>> ".
5941   
5942   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5943   
5944    7. Is there a feature to tell me what I have changed, added and removed
5945    without changing anything? 
5946    
5947   The command "cvs -n update" will do exactly that.
5948   
5949   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5950   
5951    8. Why were all my files deleted when I executed "update"? 
5952    
5953   You probably executed "update -r <tag>" some time ago, then removed
5954   <tag> from the Repository files. "update -r <tag>" will delete a file
5955   that doesn't contain <tag>.
5956   
5957   A way to fix this is to "cd" into your working directory and type:
5958   
5959                cvs update -A
5960
5961   If you don't want the latest revisions on the Main (or Vendor) Branch,
5962   then decide what Tag (normal or branch) you want and type:
5963   
5964                cvs update -r <the_tag_you_want>
5965
5966   Another way to make a file disappear is to execute "update -D <date>"
5967   where <date> is before the date stamped onto the first revision in the
5968   RCS file.
5969   
5970   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5971   
5972  Category: /Past__Future_/
5973  
5974   " Past & Future "
5975   
5976  Category: /Past__Future_/Bugs_and_Patches/
5977  
5978   " + Bugs and Patches"
5979   
5980    1. Why can't CVS handle deletion of directories? 
5981    
5982   An oversight, probably. [[Fixed in a future release?]]
5983   
5984   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5985   
5986    2. Why can't CVS handle the moving of sources from one place in the 
5987    
5988   directory hierarchy to another?
5989   
5990   A "renaming database" has been proposed to track the history of
5991   pathname changes in the Repository. A general solution is a difficult
5992   problem. See 4B.8.
5993   
5994   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
5995   
5996    3. When I typed "cvs update -D <date>", why did it check out all 
5997    
5998   sorts of ancient files from the Attic? Shouldn't it just create the
5999   set of files and revisions that existed at that date?
6000   
6001   This seems to be a bug, but is really the lack of any obvious place to
6002   store the date when a file is "removed".
6003   
6004   There are four ranges of dates that CVS has to deal with when trying
6005   to determine what revision was available on <date>:
6006   
6007     Dates before the earliest revision in the file.
6008   
6009     Dates between any two revisions in the file.
6010   
6011     Dates between the latest revision in the file and the date when the
6012   file was moved to the Attic by "commit".
6013   
6014     Dates after moving the file to the Attic.
6015   
6016   Since the date when a file is moved to the Attic is not stored
6017   anywhere, CVS can't tell the difference between #3 and #4. To avoid
6018   not producing a file that should exist in case #3, it produces
6019   extraneous files in case #4.
6020   
6021   For the above reason, if you have removed files in the Attic, it is
6022   better to use "-r <tag>, or even "-r HEAD" than to use a date spec.
6023   
6024   If you must use "-D <date>", then you should either archive and delete
6025   Attic files (losing some past history) or construct your Makefiles to
6026   work with an explicit list of files and let the old source files stay
6027   in the working directory. The contents of the revision-controlled
6028   Makefile can then be considered to contain deletion "information".
6029   
6030   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
6031   
6032    4. When I typed "cvs update -D <date>" in my branch, why did it screw up
6033    all my files? 
6034    
6035   Currently, the internal routine ("version_ts") that looks up info
6036   about a file, overrides both the tag and date if *either* the tag or
6037   date is specified on the command line. If only the date is specified,
6038   it should not override a branch tag, but it does.
6039   
6040   In CVS 1.3, the documented "-D <branch_tag>:<date>" syntax only works
6041   with the Main Branch and the Vendor Branch.
6042   
6043   [[Is this fixed in CVS 1.4? This is one item I didn't check.]]
6044   
6045   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
6046   
6047    5. When I executed "checkout" into an existing directory I got "No such
6048    file or directory" errors. Why? 
6049    
6050   Though the man page says that "checkout" turns into an "update -d" in
6051   directories that already exist, it is referring to directories that
6052   already exist *and* were created by CVS.
6053   
6054   When you try to run "checkout" on top of an existing directory
6055   structure, some of which wasn't created by CVS, it will handle
6056   directories and non-CVS files within directories already under CVS,
6057   but it will display the above error on non-CVS files within non-CVS
6058   directories.
6059   
6060   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
6061   
6062    6. Why does "update" send all output to the terminal after 26 files have
6063    been updated? 
6064    
6065   CVS uses the "tmpnam()" function to generate temporary file names. The
6066   ANSI standard for the "tmpnam()" function says:
6067   
6068   "The tmpnam function generates a different string each time it is
6069   called, up to TMP_MAX times. If it is called more than TMP_MAX times,
6070   the behavior is implementation defined."
6071   
6072   Later it says that the value of "TMP_MAX shall be at least 25."
6073   
6074   On some platforms, the above specification is taken literally by
6075   turning "at least 25" into "exactly 26" and by doing something foolish
6076   (i.e. "implementation defined") after that. Some systems return the
6077   same name repeatedly, which causes one form of trouble. Others return
6078   NULL or garbage, which causes a different form of trouble.
6079   
6080   The broken systems appear to be cycling a single character through the
6081   alphabet. SunOS cycles 3 characters through the alphabet, so it won't
6082   cause trouble until 26 cubed or 17576 calls to "tmpnam()".
6083   
6084   Since CVS doesn't depend on the exact format of the tmp files, the
6085   workaround is to provide a "tmpnam()" that doesn't have a limit on the
6086   number of calls to it.
6087   
6088   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
6089   
6090    7. Why does the merge occasionally resurrect lines of code? 
6091    
6092   The diff3 program provided by GNU diff version 1.15 has a bug that
6093   occasionally causes text to come back from the dead.
6094   
6095   This is an old problem which you can avoid by upgrading to the latest
6096   GNU "diffutils" package. If you were using GNU diff version 1.15 and
6097   plan to upgrade to the latest GNU diff program, see the next question.
6098   
6099   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
6100   
6101    8. Why does the merge fail when my "rcsmerge" program is configured to use
6102    GNU diff version 2.1 or later? 
6103    
6104   A change in the overlap format was introduced in GNU diff3 between
6105   versions 2.0 and 2.1 that causes RCS versions before 5.6.0.1 to fail
6106   during a merge.
6107   
6108   To get consistent rcsmerge behavior, you have four choices:
6109   
6110     Go back to using GNU diff 1.15 or 2.0 with RCS versions 5.5 or 5.6.
6111   If you want to use GNU diff 2.1 or later, you'll have to pick one of
6112   the other three choices in this list.
6113   
6114     Grab RCS version 5.6.0.1 from an FSF archive and set the DIFF3_A
6115   macro to '1' as it tells you to in the Makefile:
6116   
6117   #define DIFF3_A 1
6118   
6119     Patch the RCS 5.6 source. Change line 84 in "merger.c" from:
6120   
6121   DIFF3, "-am", "-L", label[0], "-L", label[1], to DIFF3, "-amE", "-L",
6122   label[0], "-L", "", "-L", label[1],
6123   
6124     Wait both for RCS version 5.7 to be released and for a new version
6125   of CVS that can deal with it.
6126   
6127   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
6128   
6129  Category: /Past__Future_/Contributors/
6130  
6131   " + Contributors"
6132   
6133    1. Who wrote CVS? 
6134    
6135   Brian Berliner <berliner@sun.com> converted a collection of scripts
6136   written by Dick Grune <dick@cs.vu.nl> into a C program, then added all
6137   sorts of features. He continues to maintain CVS.
6138   
6139   Jeff Polk <polk@bsdi.com> wrote much of the code added between
6140   revisions 1.2 and 1.3. Many others were involved at some level.
6141   
6142   david d zuhn <zoo@armadillo.com> fixed a number of bugs, added some of
6143   the new features, reworked the whole thing to be more portable, and
6144   provided much of the energy to push CVS 1.4 out the door.
6145   
6146   Jim Kingdon implemented CVS 1.5's remote repository access features,
6147   fixed many bugs, and managed the release of version 1.5.
6148   
6149   Take a look at the README and the ChangeLog files in the CVS sources
6150   for more contributors.
6151   
6152   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
6153   
6154    2. You didn't write all of this FAQ, did you? 
6155    
6156   In the original hunt for questions to answer (performed in Jan/Feb,
6157   1993), I polled hundreds of people and I rephrased all sorts of text
6158   found on the net. Between 2/93 and 10/93, I released about 20
6159   versions, with corrections and additions from the info-cvs mailing
6160   list and private correspondence.
6161   
6162   Between 10/93 and 10/94 I extracted frequently asked questions from
6163   the 1200 mail messages to the info-cvs mailing list, turned them into
6164   focused questions and tried to answer them.
6165   
6166   93/02/?? ~4000 lines 93/06/?? ~5000 lines 93/10/23 7839 lines 278K
6167   94/10/29 9856 lines 360K 95/05/09 9981 lines 365K
6168   
6169   Because there are so many posers of questions, I will list only those
6170   who contribute answers or help significantly with the content and
6171   structure of this document.
6172   
6173   If I used someone else's text verbatim, I mentioned it in the given
6174   answer. The people whose email postings have added to this document or
6175   who have added to my understanding are:
6176   
6177   Brian Berliner <berliner@sun.com>, CVS maintainer. Paul Eggert
6178   <eggert@twinsun.com>, RCS maintainer.
6179   
6180   Gray Watson <gray@antaire.com> Per Cederqvist <ceder@signum.se> Pete
6181   Clark <pclark@is.com>
6182   
6183   all of whom have sent me copies of their tutorials and local CVS
6184   documentation.
6185   
6186   Additional contributors, who have sent me ideas, text, corrections and
6187   support include (in alphabetical order):
6188   
6189   Per Abrahamsen <amanda@iesd.auc.dk> Donald Amby
6190   <amby@mixcom.mixcom.com> Mark D Baushke <mdb@cisco.com> Jim Blandy
6191   <jimb@cyclic.com> Tom Cunningham <tomc@bouwsma,sps.mot.com> Graydon
6192   Dodson <grdodson@lexmark.com> Joe Drumgoole
6193   <joed@splatter.demon.co.uk> Don Dwiggins <dwig@markv.com> Bryant
6194   Eastham <bryant@ced.utah.edu> Dan Franklin <dan@diamond.bbn.com>
6195   Michael Ganzberger <ganzbergermd@ES.net> Steve Harris
6196   <vsh%etnibsd@uunet.uu.net> Erik van Linstee
6197   <linstee@dutecaj.et.tudelft.nl> Jeffrey M Loomis <jml@world.std.com>
6198   Barry Margolin <barmar@near.net> Mark K. Mellis <mkm@ncd.com> Chris
6199   Moore <Chris.Moore@src.bae.co.uk> Gary Oberbrunner <garyo@avs.com>
6200   Steve Turner <stevet@carrier.sps.mot.com> Dave Wolfe
6201   <dwolfe@pffft.sps.mot.com> Dale Woolridge <dwoolridge@cid.aes.doe.ca>
6202   
6203   Please send corrections. If I forgot you, remind me and I'll add your
6204   name to the list.
6205   
6206   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
6207   
6208  Category: /Past__Future_/Development/
6209  
6210   " + Development"
6211   
6212    1. Where do I send bug reports? 
6213    
6214   First make sure it is a bug. Talk to your friends, coworkers and
6215   anyone you know who uses CVS. Search this FAQ for related issues. Then
6216   test it carefully. Try out variations to narrow down the problem. Make
6217   sure it is repeatable. Look for workarounds so you can report them.
6218   
6219   If you are still sure it's a bug and you tried to fix it, skip to the
6220   next question. Otherwise, send a message to the info-cvs mailing list
6221   containing one of the following:
6222   
6223     If you have a good repeatable case and you think you know what is
6224   going on, then describe the problem in detail. Include a workaround if
6225   you have one.
6226   
6227     If you have no idea what is going on, go ahead and send a question
6228   to the info-cvs mailing list. Include any information you have
6229   describing the symptoms.
6230   
6231   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
6232   
6233    2. Where do I send fixes and patches? 
6234    
6235   First make sure the "fix" does something useful. Have someone review
6236   your fix. Spend a bit of one person's time in a detailed analysis of
6237   your vast idea before displaying a half-vast idea to hundreds of
6238   people.
6239   
6240   If you tried to fix it and the patch is small, include the patch in
6241   your message. Make sure the patch is based on the latest released
6242   version of CVS.
6243   
6244   If you tried to fix it and the patch is large, you should think about
6245   why it is so large. Did you add a generally useful feature, or did it
6246   grow out of hand?
6247   
6248   If you still believe it is solid, produce a patch file using the CVS
6249   commands "patch" or "diff -c". [[You *are* keeping CVS under CVS,
6250   right?]] The patch should be based on the latest released version of
6251   CVS. Then use the "cvsbug" program (provided with the CVS sources) to
6252   send it to the CVS maintainers. A self-contained patch that provides a
6253   single useful feature or correction might show up independently in the
6254   patches directory of the FTP archive.
6255   
6256   If careful testing reveals an RCS bug rather than a CVS bug, you can
6257   send bug reports to: rcs-bugs@cs.purdue.edu
6258   
6259   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
6260   
6261    3. Where do I send ideas for future development? 
6262    
6263   If you have a bright idea, discuss it on the info-cvs mailing list. If
6264   you have the time to implement something you can test, send the diffs
6265   along too as described above.
6266   
6267   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
6268   
6269    4. What plans are there for new features? 
6270    
6271
6272
6273A "rename" or "per-directory" database has been bandied about on
6274the net for years.  Many of the goals of the rename database have
6275been achieved by the so-called "death support" in recent versions of
6276CVS (such as 1.9).  For more information on what may remain to be
6277done, see item #189 in the TODO file of a development version of CVS.
6278
6279CVS version 1.5 supports remote repository access, but Paul
6280Kunz  has produced another version
6281(rCVS) that also runs remotely.  Note that as far as I know there
6282are no advantages to rCVS over the remote CVS in CVS 1.5 and later,
6283and the rCVS user community has migrated to remote CVS.
6284rCVS is *not* a multisite CVS (see item #186 in TODO for more on
6285multisite).  For more on rCVS, see
6286
6287ftp://ftp.slac.stanford.edu/software/rcvs
6288
6289kingdon@cyclic.com
6290
6291   Last modified: _9/6/1997_
6292   
6293    5. I have some time and I'd like to help. What can I do for you? 
6294    
6295
6296        You can review this document, correct errors and fill in any of
6297        the incomplete sections.
6298
6299        You can write scripts or CVS add-ons and make them available by
6300        web/FTP/etc.
6301
6302        You could work on the regression test suite (src/sanity.sh in the
6303        CVS source distribution).
6304
6305        You can write specs for new features, fix bugs, review the
6306        documentation or . . .
6307
6308        For more information, see the files HACKING and DEVEL-CVS in the
6309        CVS source distribution or
6310        http://www.cyclic.com/cyclic-pages/cvsdev.html
6311
6312        kingdon@cyclic.com
6313
6314   Last modified: _9/6/1997_
6315   
6316  Category: /Past__Future_/Professional_Support/
6317  
6318   " + Professional Support"
6319   
6320    1. Doesn't Cygnus support CVS? 
6321    
6322
6323
6324
6325        Cygnus is a company that supports free software such as the GCC
6326        compiler.  They have never sold support for CVS, however.  They
6327        do use CVS internally and have contributed much code to CVS over
6328        the years (for which CVS users should be grateful).
6329
6330        kingdon@cyclic.com
6331
6332   Last modified: _9/6/1997_
6333   
6334    2. What is Cyclic Software doing with CVS? 
6335    
6336
6337Cyclic Software exists to provide support for CVS.  For details such
6338as prices and what this covers, see http://www.cyclic.com or ask
6339info@cyclic.com.
6340
6341kingdon@cyclic.com
6342
6343   Last modified: _9/6/1997_
6344   
6345  Category: /User_Tasks_/
6346  
6347   " User Tasks "
6348   
6349  Category: /User_Tasks_/Common_User_Tasks/
6350  
6351   " + Common User Tasks"
6352   
6353    1. What is the absolute minimum I have to do to edit a file? 
6354    
6355   Tell your Repository Administrator to create a module covering the
6356   directory or files you care about. You will be told that your module
6357   name is <module>. Then type:
6358   
6359                cvs checkout <module>
6360                cd <module>
6361                emacs <file>          # Isn't Emacs a synonym for edit?
6362                cvs commit <file>
6363
6364   If you don't use modules (in my opinion, a mistake), you can check out
6365   a directory by substituting its relative path within the Repository
6366   for <module> in the example above.
6367   
6368   To work on a single file, you'll have to change "cd <module>" to "cd
6369   `dirname <module>`".
6370   
6371   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
6372   
6373    2. If I edit multiple files, must I type "commit" for each one? 
6374    
6375   No. You can commit a list of files and directories, including relative
6376   paths into multiple directories. You can also commit every modified
6377   file in the current directory or in all directories and subdirectories
6378   from your current directory downward. See 3D.2.
6379   
6380   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
6381   
6382    3. How do I get rid of the <module> directory that "checkout" created? 
6383    
6384   Change your directory to be the same as when you executed the
6385   "checkout" command that created <module>.
6386   
6387   If you want to get rid of the CVS control information, but leave the
6388   files and directories, type:
6389   
6390                cvs release <module>
6391
6392   If you want to obliterate the entire directory, type:
6393   
6394                cvs release -d <module>
6395
6396   ("release -d" searches through the output of "cvs -n update" and
6397   refuses to continue if the "update" command finds any modified files
6398   or non-ignored foreign files. Foreign directories too.)
6399   
6400   If you don't care about keeping "history", or checking for modified
6401   and foreign files, you can just remove the whole directory. That's "rm
6402   -rf <module>" under Unix.
6403   
6404   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
6405   
6406    4. How do I find out what has changed since my last update? 
6407    
6408   There are many ways to answer this.
6409   
6410   To find out what you've changed in your current working directory
6411   since your last checkout, update or commit, type:
6412   
6413                cvs diff
6414
6415   To find out what other people have added (to your branch) since you
6416   last checked out or updated, type:
6417   
6418                cvs diff -r BASE -r HEAD
6419
6420   To look at a revision history containing the comments for all changes,
6421   you can use the "log" command.
6422   
6423   You can also use "history" to trace a wide variety of events.
6424   
6425   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
6426   
6427    5. I just created a new file. How do I add it to the Repository? 
6428    
6429   The "update" command will mark files CVS doesn't know about in your
6430   working directory with a '?' indicator.
6431   
6432                ? <file>
6433
6434   To add <file> to the Repository, type:
6435   
6436                cvs add <file>
6437                cvs commit <file>
6438
6439   See 3A.[2-5] and 4C.8 for branch and merge considerations.
6440   
6441   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
6442   
6443    6. How do I merge changes made by others into my working directory? 
6444    
6445   If you are asking about other branches, see Section 4C on "Branching".
6446   You will have to use the "update -j" command.
6447   
6448   Retrieving changes made to the Repository on the *same* branch you are
6449   working on is the main purpose of the "update" command. The "update"
6450   command tries to merge work committed to the Repository by others
6451   since you last executed "checkout", "update" or "commit" into your
6452   working files.
6453   
6454   For a single file, there are six possible results when you type the
6455   "update" command:
6456   
6457     If the file is lying in your working directory, but is not under
6458   CVS, it will do nothing but print:
6459   
6460   ? <file>
6461   
6462     If neither you nor anyone else has committed changes to <file>,
6463   since your last "checkout", "update" or "commit", "update" will print
6464   nothing and do nothing.
6465   
6466     If you have made no changes to a working file, but you or others
6467   have committed changes to the Repository since your last "checkout",
6468   "update" or "commit" of this working file, CVS will remove your
6469   working file and replace it with a copy of the latest revision of that
6470   file in the Repository. It will print:
6471   
6472   U <file>
6473   
6474   You might want to examine the changes (using the CVS "diff" command)
6475   to see if they mesh with your own in related files.
6476   
6477     If you have made changes to a working file, but no one has changed
6478   your BASE revision (the revision you retrieved from the Repository in
6479   your last "checkout", "update" or "commit"), "update" will print:
6480   
6481   M <file>
6482   
6483   Nothing changes. You were told that you have a modified file in your
6484   directory.
6485   
6486     If you have made changes to your working file and you or others have
6487   committed changes to the Repository, but in different sections of the
6488   file, CVS will merge the changes stored in the Repository since your
6489   last "checkout", "update" or "commit" into your working file. "update"
6490   will print:
6491   
6492   RCS file: /Repository/module/<file> retrieving revision 1.X retrieving
6493   revision 1.Y Merging differences between 1.X and 1.Y into <file> M
6494   <file>
6495   
6496   If you execute "diff" before and after this step, you should see the
6497   same output, since both the base file and your working file changed in
6498   parallel. This is one of the few times the otherwise nonsensical
6499   phrase "same difference" means something.
6500   
6501     If both you and those who committed files (since your last checkout,
6502   update or commit) have made changes to the same section of a file, CVS
6503   will merge the changes into your file as in #5 above, but it will
6504   leave conflict indicators in the file. "update" will print:
6505   
6506   RCS file: /Repository/module/<file> retrieving revision 1.X retrieving
6507   revision 1.Y Merging differences between 1.X and 1.Y into <file>
6508   rcsmerge warning: overlaps during merge
6509                cvs update: conflicts found in <file>
6510                C <file>
6511
6512   This is a "conflict". The file will contain markers surrounding the
6513   overlapping text. The 'C' conflict indicator is sticky -- subsequent
6514   "update" commands will continue to show a 'C' until you edit the file.
6515   
6516   You must examine the overlaps with care and resolve the problem by
6517   analyzing how to retain the features of both changes. See 2D.7 and
6518   3P.6 for more details on conflict resolution.
6519   
6520   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
6521   
6522    7. How do I label a set of revisions so I can retrieve them later? 
6523    
6524   To "tag" the BASE revisions (the ones you last checked out, updated,
6525   or committed) you should "cd" to the head of the working directory you
6526   want to tag and type:
6527   
6528                cvs tag <tag>
6529
6530   It recursively walks through your working directory tagging the BASE
6531   revisions of all files.
6532   
6533   To "tag" the latest revision on the Main branch in the Repository, you
6534   can use the following from anywhere: (No "cd" is required -- it works
6535   directly on the Repository.)
6536   
6537                cvs rtag <tag> <module>
6538
6539   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
6540   
6541    8. How do I checkout an old release of a module, directory or file? 
6542    
6543   Module names and directories are simply ways to name sets of files.
6544   Once the names are determined, there are 6 ways to specify which
6545   revision of a particular file to check out:
6546   
6547     By tag or symbolic name, via the "-r <tag>" option.
6548   
6549     By date, via the "-D <date>" option.
6550   
6551     By branch tag (a type of tag with a magic format), via the "-r
6552   <branch_tag>" option.
6553   
6554     By date within a branch, via the "-r <branch_tag>:<date>" option.
6555   
6556     By an explicit branch revision number ("-r <rev>"), which refers to
6557   the latest revision on the branch. This isn't really an "old"
6558   revision, from the branch's perspective, but from the user's
6559   perspective the whole branch might have been abandoned in the past.
6560   
6561     An explicit revision number: "-r <rev>" Though this works, it is
6562   almost useless for more than one file.
6563   
6564   You type:
6565   
6566                cvs checkout <option-specified-above> <module>
6567                cd <module>
6568
6569   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
6570   
6571    9. What do I have to remember to do periodically? 
6572    
6573   You should execute "cvs -n update" fairly often to keep track of what
6574   you and others have changed. It won't change anything -- it will just
6575   give you a report.
6576   
6577   Unless you are purposely delaying the inclusion of others' work, you
6578   should execute "update" once in a while and resolve the conflicts. It
6579   is not good to get too far out of sync with the rest of the developers
6580   working on your branch.
6581   
6582   It is assumed that your system administrators have arranged for editor
6583   backup and Unix temp files (#* and .#*) to be deleted after a few
6584   weeks. But you might want to look around for anything else that is
6585   ignored or hidden. Try "cvs -n update -I !" to see all the ignored
6586   files.
6587   
6588   If you are the Repository Administrator, see 4B.16 on Administrator
6589   responsibilities.
6590   
6591   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
6592   
6593  Category: /User_Tasks_/General_Questions/
6594  
6595   " + General Questions"
6596   
6597    1. How do I see what CVS is trying to do? 
6598    
6599   The '-t' option on the main "cvs" command will display every external
6600   command (mostly RCS commands and file deletions) it executes. When
6601   combined with the '-n' option, which prevents the execution of any
6602   command that might modify a file, you can see what it will do before
6603   you let it fly. The '-t' option will *not* display every internal
6604   action, only calls to external programs.
6605   
6606   To see a harmless example, try typing:
6607   
6608                cvs -nt update
6609
6610   Some systems offer a "trace" or "truss" command that will display all
6611   system calls as they happen. This is a *very* low-level interface that
6612   does not normally follow the execution of external commands, but it
6613   can be useful.
6614   
6615   The most complete answer is to read the source, compile it with the
6616   '-g' option and step through it under a debugger.
6617   
6618   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
6619   
6620    2. If I work with multiple modules, should I check them all out and commit
6621    them occasionally? Is it OK to leave modules checked out? 
6622    
6623   The simple answers are "Yes."
6624   
6625   There is no reason to remove working directories, other than to save
6626   disk space. As long as you have committed the files you choose to make
6627   public, your working directory is just like any other directory.
6628   
6629   CVS doesn't care whether you leave modules checked out or not. The
6630   advantage of leaving them checked out is that you can quickly visit
6631   them to make and commit changes.
6632   
6633   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
6634   
6635    3. What is a "sticky" tag? What makes it sticky? How do I loosen it? 
6636    
6637   When you execute "update -r <tag>", CVS remembers the <tag>. It has
6638   become "sticky" in the sense that until you change it or remove it,
6639   the tag is remembered and used in references to the file as if you had
6640   typed "-r <tag>" on the command line.
6641   
6642   It is most useful for a <branch_tag>, which is a sticky tag indicating
6643   what branch you are working on.
6644   
6645   A revision number ("-r <rev-number>") or date ("-D <date>") can also
6646   become sticky when they are specified on the command line.
6647   
6648   A sticky tag, revision or date remains until you specify another tag,
6649   revision or date the same way. The "update -A" command moves back to
6650   the Main branch, which has the side-effect of clearing all sticky
6651   items on the updated files.
6652   
6653   The "checkout" command creates sticky tags, revisions and dates the
6654   same way "update" does.
6655   
6656   Also, the '-k' option records a "sticky" keyword option that is used
6657   in further "updates until "update -A" is specified.
6658   
6659   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
6660   
6661    4. How do I get an old revision without updating the "sticky tag"? 
6662    
6663   Use the '-p' option to "pipe" data to standard output. The command
6664   "update -p -r <tag/rev>" sends the selected revision to your standard
6665   output (usually the terminal, unless redirected). The '-p' affects no
6666   disk files, leaving a "sticky tag" unaltered and avoiding all other
6667   side-effects of a normal "update".
6668   
6669   If you want to save the result, you can redirect "stdout" to a file
6670   using your shell's redirection capability. In most shells the
6671   following command works:
6672   
6673            cvs update -p -r <tag/rev> filename > diskfile
6674
6675   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
6676   
6677    5. What operations disregard sticky tags? 
6678    
6679   The functions that routinely disregard sticky tags are:
6680   
6681     Those that work directly on the Repository or its administrative
6682   files:
6683   
6684                admin   rtag    log     status  remove  history
6685
6686     Those that take Tags or revisions as arguments and ignore everything
6687   else: (They also never *set* a sticky tag.)
6688   
6689                rdiff   import  export
6690
6691     The "release" command itself ignores sticky tags, but it calls "cvs
6692   -n update" (which *does* pay attention to a sticky tag) to figure out
6693   what inconsistencies exist in the working directory. If no
6694   discrepancies exist between the files you originally checked out
6695   (possibly marked by a sticky tag) and what is there now, "release -d"
6696   will delete them all.
6697   
6698     The "tag" command works on the revision lying in the working
6699   directory however it got there. That the revision lying there might
6700   happen to have a sticky tag attached to it is not the "tag" command's
6701   concern.
6702   
6703   The main function that *does* read and write sticky tags is the
6704   "update" command. You can avoid referring to or changing the sticky
6705   tag by using the '-p' option, which sends files to your terminal,
6706   touching nothing else.
6707   
6708   The "checkout" command sets sticky tags when checking out a new module
6709   and it acts like "update" when checking out a module into an existing
6710   directory.
6711   
6712   The "diff" and "commit" commands use the sticky tags, unless
6713   overridden on the command line. They do not set sticky tags. Note that
6714   you can only "commit" to a file checked out with a sticky tag, if the
6715   tag identifies a branch.
6716   
6717   There are really two types of sticky tags, one attached to individual
6718   files (in the ./CVS/Entries file) and one attached to each directory
6719   (in the ./CVS/Tag file). They can differ.
6720   
6721   The "add" command registers the desire to add a new file. If the
6722   "directory tag" (./CVS/Tag) file exists at the time of the "add", the
6723   value stored in ./CVS/Tag becomes the "sticky tag" on the new file.
6724   The file doesn't exist in the Repository until you "commit" it, but
6725   the ./CVS/Entries file holds the sticky tag name from the time of the
6726   "add" forward.
6727   
6728   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
6729   
6730    6. Is there a way to avoid reverting my Emacs buffer after committing a
6731    file? Is there a "cvs-mode" for Emacs? 
6732    
6733   See Section 4F.1
6734   
6735   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
6736   
6737    7. How does conflict resolution work? What *really* happens if two of us
6738    change the same file? 
6739    
6740   While editing files, there is no conflict. You are working on separate
6741   copies of the file stored in the virtual "branch" represented by your
6742   working directories. After one of you commits a file, the other may
6743   not commit the same file until "update" has merged the earlier
6744   committed changes into the later working file.
6745   
6746   For example, say you both check out rev 1.2 of <file> and make change
6747   to your working files. Your coworker commits revision 1.3. When you
6748   try to commit your file, CVS says:
6749   
6750                cvs commit: Up-to-date check failed for `<file>'
6751
6752   You must merge your coworker's changes into your working file by
6753   typing:
6754   
6755                cvs update <file>
6756
6757   which will produce the output described in 2B.6.
6758   
6759   If a conflict occurs, the filename will be shown with a status of 'C'.
6760   After you resolve any overlaps caused by the merging process, you may
6761   then commit the file. See 3P.6 for info on "sticky conflicts".
6762   
6763   Even if you get a simple 'M', you should examine the differences
6764   before committing the file. A smooth, error-free text merge is still
6765   no indication that the file is in proper shape. Compile and test it at
6766   least.
6767   
6768   The answer to two obvious questions is "Yes".
6769   
6770   Yes, the first one who commits avoids the merge. Later developers have
6771   to merge the earlier changes into their working files before
6772   committing the merged result. Depending on how difficult the merge is
6773   and how important the contending projects are, the order of commits
6774   and updates might have to be carefully staged.
6775   
6776   And yes, between the time you execute "update" and "commit" (while you
6777   are fixing conflicts and testing the results) someone else may commit
6778   another revision of <file>. You will have to execute "update" again to
6779   merge the new work before committing. Most organizations don't have
6780   this problem. If you do, you might consider splitting the file. Or
6781   hiring a manager.
6782   
6783   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
6784   
6785    8. How can I tell who has a module checked out? 
6786    
6787   If you "checkout" module names (not relative pathnames) and you use
6788   the release command, the "history" command will display active
6789   checkouts, who has them and where they were checked out. It is
6790   advisory only; it can be circumvented by using the '-l' option on the
6791   main "cvs" command.
6792   
6793   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
6794   
6795    9. Where did the .#<file>.1.3 file in my working directory come from? 
6796    
6797   It was created during an "update" when CVS merged changes from the
6798   Repository into your modified working file.
6799   
6800   It serves the same purpose as any "backup" file: saving your bacon
6801   often enough to be worth retaining. It is invaluable in recovering
6802   when things go wrong.
6803   
6804   Say Developers A (you) and B check out rev 1.3 of file <file>. You
6805   both make changes -- different changes. B commits first, so <file>,v
6806   in the Repository contains revisions up through 1.4.
6807   
6808   At this point, there are 5 (yes, five) versions of the file of
6809   interest to you:
6810   
6811     Revision 1.3 (What you originally checked out.)
6812   
6813     Revision 1.4 (What you need from developer B.)
6814   
6815     Your old working file. (Before the update.)
6816   
6817     Your new working file. (After the merge caused by "update".)
6818   
6819     Revision 1.5 (Which you will commit shortly.)
6820   
6821   In the case where your working file was not modified, #1 and #3 will
6822   be the same, as will #2 and #4. In this degenerate case, there is no
6823   need to create #5. The following assumes that your working file was
6824   modified.
6825   
6826   If the merge executed by the "update" caused no overlaps, and you
6827   commit the file immediately, #4 and #5 will be the same. But you can
6828   make arbitrary changes before committing, so the difference between #4
6829   and #5 might be more than just the correction of overlaps. In general,
6830   though, you don't need #4 after a commit.
6831   
6832   But #3 (which is the one saved as ".#<file>.1.3") holds all of your
6833   work, independent of B's work. It could represent a major effort that
6834   you couldn't afford to lose. If you don't save it somewhere, the merge
6835   makes #3 *disappear* under a potential blizzard of conflicts caused by
6836   overlapping changes.
6837   
6838   I have been saved a few times, and others I support have been saved
6839   hundreds of times, by the ability to "diff <original file> <original
6840   file with only my work added>", which can be done in the example above
6841   by the Unix shell command:
6842   
6843                cvs update -p -r 1.3 <file> | diff - .#<file>.1.3
6844
6845   The assumption is that the ".#" files will be useful far beyond the
6846   "commit" point, but not forever. You are expected to run the "normal"
6847   Unix cleanup script from "cron", which removes "#*" and ".#*" files
6848   older than a some period chosen by your sysadmin, usually ranging from
6849   7 to 30 days.
6850   
6851   A question was raised about the need for #3 after #5 has been
6852   committed, under the assumption that you won't commit files until
6853   everything is exactly as you like them.
6854   
6855   This assumes perfect humans, which violates one of the Cardinal rules
6856   of Software Engineering: Never assume any form of discipline on the
6857   part of the users of software. If restrictions are not bound into the
6858   software, then you, the toolsmith, have to arrange a recovery path.
6859   
6860   In other words, I've seen every possible variety of screwup you can
6861   imagine in #5. There is no way to make assumptions about what "should"
6862   happen. I've seen #5 filled with zeros because of NFS failures, I've
6863   seen emacs core dumps that leave #5 in an unreasonable state, I've
6864   seen a foolish developer uppercase the whole file (with his "undo"
6865   size set low so he couldn't undo it) and decide that it would be less
6866   work to play with the uppercased file than to blow it away and start
6867   over. I've even seen committed files with conflict markers still in
6868   them, a sure sign of carelessness.
6869   
6870   There are all sorts of scenarios where having #3 is incredibly useful.
6871   You can move it back into place and try again.
6872   
6873   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
6874   
6875    10. What is this "ignore" business? What is it ignoring? 
6876    
6877   The "update" and "import" commands use collections of Unix wildcards
6878   to skip over files and directories matching any of those patterns.
6879   
6880   You may add to the built-in ignore list by adding lines of
6881   whitespace-separated wildcards to the following places: (They are read
6882   in this order.)
6883   
6884     In a file named "cvsignore" in $CVSROOT/CVSROOT.
6885   
6886   A Repository Administrator uses this to add site-specific files and
6887   patterns to the built-in ignore list.
6888   
6889     In a file named ".cvsignore" in your home directory.
6890   
6891   For user-specific files. For example, if you use "__" as your default
6892   junk file prefix, you can put "__*" in your .cvsignore file.
6893   
6894   People who play around exclusively in directory trees where the
6895   Makefiles are generated by "imake" or "configure" might want to put
6896   "Makefile" in their ignore list, since they are all generated and
6897   usually don't end up in the Repository.
6898   
6899     In the CVSIGNORE environment variable.
6900   
6901   For session-specific files.
6902   
6903     Via the '-I' option on "import" or "update" commands.
6904   
6905   For this-command-only files.
6906   
6907     In a file named ".cvsignore" within each directory.
6908   
6909   The contents of a ".cvsignore" file in each directory is temporarily
6910   added to the ignore list. This way you can ignore files that are
6911   peculiar to that directory, such as executables and other generated
6912   files without known wildcard patterns.
6913   
6914   In any of the places listed above, a single '!' character nulls out
6915   the ignore list. A Repository administrator can use this to override,
6916   rather than enhance, the built-in ignore list. A user can choose to
6917   override the system-wide ignore list. For example, if you place "! *.o
6918   *.a" in your .cvsignore file, only *.o *.a files, plus any files a
6919   local-directory .cvsignore file, are ignored.
6920   
6921   A variant of the ignore-file scheme is used internally during
6922   checkout. "Module names" found in the modules file (or on the
6923   "checkout" command line) that begin with a '!' are ignored during
6924   checkout. This is useful to permanently ignore (if the '!' path is in
6925   the modules file) or temporarily ignore (if the '!' path is on the
6926   command line) a sub-directory within a Repository hierarchy. For
6927   example:
6928   
6929   cvs checkout !gnu/emacs/tests gnu/emacs
6930   
6931   would checkout the module (or relative path within $CVSROOT) named
6932   "gnu/emacs", but ignore the "tests" directory within it.
6933   
6934   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
6935   
6936    11. Is there a way to set user-specific configuration options? 
6937    
6938   User-specific configuration is available through use of a ".cvsrc"
6939   file in your home directory.
6940   
6941   CVS searches the first column of your ~/.cvsrc file for the cvs
6942   command name you invoked. If the command is found, the rest of the
6943   line is treated like a set of command line options, stuffed into the
6944   command line before the arguments you actually typed.
6945   
6946   For example, if you always want to see context diffs and you never
6947   want to have to delete a file before you run "cvs remove", then you
6948   should create a .cvsrc file containing the following:
6949   
6950                diff -c
6951                remove -f
6952
6953   which will add the given options to every invocation of the given
6954   commands.
6955   
6956   [[The rest of this will be removed someday, when CVS changes.]]
6957   
6958   I would like to stop here with a comment that the command name to use
6959   is the full, canonical one. But the command that the cvsrc support
6960   uses is the string you typed on the command line, not the proper
6961   command. So to get the full effect of the above example, you should
6962   also add all the alternate command names:
6963   
6964                di -c
6965                dif -c
6966                rm -f
6967                delete -f
6968
6969   There are two other limitations that will probably be fixed when CVS
6970   sprouts long option names:
6971   
6972     It only affects options made available on the command line.
6973   
6974   There is a limited number of short options. With long option names,
6975   there is no problem. You can have as many long options as you like,
6976   affecting anything that looks malleable.
6977   
6978     The existing command line options do not come in on/off pairs, so
6979   there is no easy way to override your ~/.cvsrc configuration for a
6980   single invocation of a command.
6981   
6982   Choosing a good set of long option pairs would fix this.
6983   
6984   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
6985   
6986    12. Is it safe to interrupt CVS using Control-C? 
6987    
6988   It depends on what you mean by "safe". ("Ah," said Arthur, "this is
6989   obviously some strange usage of the word *safe* that I wasn't
6990   previously aware of." -- Hitchhiker's Guide to the Galaxy)
6991   
6992   You won't hurt the underlying RCS files and if you are executing a
6993   command that only *reads* data, you will have no cleanup to do.
6994   
6995   But you may have to hit Control-C repeatedly to stop it. CVS uses the
6996   Unix "system" routine which blocks signals in the CVS parent process.
6997   A single Control-C during "system" will only halt the child process,
6998   usually some form of RCS command.
6999   
7000   If you don't hit another Control-C while the CVS process has control,
7001   it is likely to continue onto the next task assuming that the earlier
7002   one did its job. It is not enough to hit two Control-C's. You might
7003   simply kill two child processes and not interrupt CVS at all.
7004   Depending on the speed of your processor, your terminal and your
7005   fingers, you might have to hit dozens of Control-C's to stop the damn
7006   thing.
7007   
7008   Executing a CVS command, such as "commit" or "tag" that writes to the
7009   files is a different matter.
7010   
7011   Since CVS is not a full-fledged database, with what database people
7012   call "commit points", merely stopping the process will not back out
7013   the "transaction" and place you back in the starting blocks. CVS has
7014   no concept of an "atomic" transaction or of "backtracking", which
7015   means that a command can be half-executed.
7016   
7017   Hitting Control-C will usually leave lock files that you have to go
7018   clean up in the Repository.
7019   
7020   Example1:
7021   
7022                If you interrupt a multi-file "commit" in the middle of
7023                an RCS checkin, RCS will leave the file either fully
7024                checked-in or in its original state.  But CVS might have
7025                been half-way through the list of files to commit.  The
7026                directory or module will be inconsistent.
7027
7028                To recover, you must remove the lock files, then decide
7029                whether you want to back out or finish the job.
7030
7031                To back out, you'll have to apply the "admin -o"
7032                command, very carefully, to remove the newly committed
7033                revisions.  This is usually a bad idea, but is
7034                occasionally necessary.
7035
7036                To finish, you can simply retype the same commit command.
7037                CVS will figure out what files are still modified and
7038                commit them.  It helps that RCS doesn't leave a file in an
7039                intermediate state.
7040
7041   Example2:
7042   
7043                If you interrupt a multi-file "tag" command, you have a
7044                problem similar, but not equivalent, to interrupting a
7045                "commit".  The RCS file will still be consistent, but
7046                unlike "commit", which only *adds* to the RCS file, "tag"
7047                can *move* a tag and it doesn't keep a history of what
7048                revision a tag used to be attached to.
7049
7050                Normally, you have little choice but to re-execute the
7051                command and allow it to tag everything consistently.
7052
7053                You might be able to recover by carefully re-applying the
7054                tags via the "cvs admin -N" command, but you'll still have
7055                to dig up from outside sources the information you use to
7056                determine what tag was on what revision in what file.
7057                the Repository, or by using the equivalent: "cvs admin".
7058
7059   Halting a new "checkout" should cause no harm. If you don't want it,
7060   "release" (or rm -rf) it. If you do want it, re-execute the command. A
7061   repeated "checkout" from above a directory acts like a repeated
7062   "update -d" within it.
7063   
7064   Halting "update" half-way will give you an unpredictable collection of
7065   files and revisions. To continue, you can rerun the update and it
7066   should move you forward into in a known state. To back out, you'll
7067   have to examine the output from the first "update" command, take a
7068   look at each file that was modified and reconstruct the previous state
7069   by editing the ./CVS/Entries file and by using "cvs admin". Good Luck.
7070   
7071   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
7072   
7073    13. How do I turn off the "admin" command? 
7074    
7075   In the current revision, you'd have to edit the source code.
7076   
7077   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
7078   
7079    14. How do I turn off the ability to disable history via "cvs -l"? 
7080    
7081   In the current revision, you'd have to edit the source code.
7082   
7083   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
7084   
7085    15. How do I keep certain people from accessing certain directories? 
7086    
7087   If you don't try to run CVS set[ug]id, you can use Unix groups and
7088   permissions to limit access to the Repository.
7089   
7090   If you only want to limit "commit" commands, you can write a program
7091   to put in the "commitinfo" file. In the "contrib" directory, there are
7092   a few scripts that might help you out.
7093   
7094   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
7095   
7096  Category: /User_Tasks_/Getting_Started/
7097  
7098   " + Getting Started"
7099   
7100    1. What is the first thing I have to know? 
7101    
7102   Your organization has most likely assigned one or more persons to
7103   understand, baby-sit and administer the CVS programs and the data
7104   Repository. I call these persons Repository Administrators. They
7105   should have set up a Repository and "imported" files into it.
7106   
7107   If you don't believe anyone has this responsibility, or you are just
7108   testing CVS, then *you* are the Repository Administrator.
7109   
7110   If you are a normal user of CVS ask your Repository Administrator what
7111   module you should check out.
7112   
7113   Then you can work.
7114   
7115   If you *are* the Repository Administrator, you will want to read
7116   everything you can get your hands on, including this FAQ. Source
7117   control issues can be difficult, especially when you get to branches
7118   and release planning. Expect to feel stupid for a few days/weeks.
7119   
7120   No tool in the universe avoids the need for intelligent organization.
7121   In other words, there are all sorts of related issues you will
7122   probably have to learn. Don't expect to dive in without any
7123   preparation, stuff your 300 Megabytes of sources into CVS and expect
7124   to start working. If you don't prepare first, you will probably spend
7125   a few sleepless nights.
7126   
7127   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
7128   
7129    2. Where do I work? 
7130    
7131   Wherever you have disk space. That's one of the advantages of CVS: you
7132   use the "checkout" command to copy files from the Repository to your
7133   working directory, which can be anywhere you have the space.
7134   
7135   Your local group might have conventions for where to work. Ask your
7136   peers.
7137   
7138   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
7139   
7140    3. What does CVS use from my environment? 
7141    
7142   You must set two environment variables. Some shells share these
7143   variables with local shell variables using a different syntax. You'll
7144   have to learn how your shell handles them.
7145   
7146        Variable        Value (or action)
7147        ---------       ---------------------
7148        CVSROOT         Absolute pathname of the head of your Repository.
7149
7150        PATH            Normally set to a list of ':'-separated directory
7151                        pathnames searched to find executables.  You must
7152                        make sure "cvs" is in one of the directories.
7153
7154                        If your CVS was built with the RCSBIN directory set
7155                        to null (""), and you don't set the RCSBIN
7156                        variable mentioned below, then the RCS commands
7157                        also must be somewhere in your PATH.
7158
7159   Optional variables: (Used if set, but ignored otherwise.)
7160   
7161        Variable        Value (or action)
7162        ---------       ---------------------
7163        CVSEDITOR       The name of your favorite fast-start editor
7164                        program.  You'll be kicked into your editor to
7165                        supply revision comments if you don't specify them
7166                        via -m "Log message" on the command line.
7167
7168        EDITOR          Used if CVSEDITOR doesn't exist.  If EDITOR
7169                        doesn't exist, CVS uses a configured constant,
7170                        usually, "vi".
7171
7172        CVSREAD         Sets files to read-only on "checkout".
7173
7174        RCSBIN          Changes where CVS finds the RCS commands.
7175
7176        CVSIGNORE       Adds to the ignore list.  See Section 2D.
7177
7178   Other variables used by CVS that are normally set upon login:
7179   
7180        Variable        Value (or action)
7181        ---------       ---------------------
7182        LOGNAME         Used to find the real user name.
7183
7184        USER            Used to find the real user name if no LOGNAME.
7185
7186        HOME            Used to determine your home directory, if set.
7187                        Otherwise LOGNAME/USER/getuid() are used to find
7188                        your home directory from the passwd file.
7189
7190        TMPDIR          Used during import.  It might also be used if your
7191                        platform's version of mktemp(3) is unusual, or
7192                        you have changed the source to use tmpnam(3).
7193
7194   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
7195   
7196    4. OK, I've been told that CVS is set up, my module is named "ralph" and I
7197    have to start editing. What do I type? 
7198    
7199                cd <where you have some space to work>
7200                cvs checkout ralph
7201                cd ralph
7202
7203   And hack away.
7204   
7205   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
7206   
7207    5. I have been using RCS for a while. Can I convert to CVS without losing
7208    my revision history? How about converting from SCCS? 
7209    
7210   If you are asking such questions, you are not a mere user of CVS, but
7211   one of its Administrators! You should take a look at Section 4A,
7212   "Installing CVS" and Section 4B, "Setting up and Managing the
7213   Repository".
7214   
7215   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
7216   
7217  Category: /User_Tasks_/Less_Common_User_Tas/
7218  
7219   " + Less Common User Tasks"
7220   
7221    1. Can I create non-CVS sub-directories in my working directory? 
7222    
7223   Yes. Unless the directory exists in the Repository, "update" will skip
7224   over them and print a '?' the way it does for files you forgot to add.
7225   You can avoid seeing the '?' by adding the name of the foreign
7226   directory to the ./.cvsignore file, just ask you can do with files.
7227   
7228   If you explicitly mention a foreign directory on the "update" command
7229   line, it will traverse the directory and waste a bit of time, but if
7230   any directory or sub-directory lacks the ./CVS administrative
7231   directory, CVS will print an error and abort.
7232   
7233   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
7234   
7235    2. How do I add new sub-directories to the Repository? 
7236    
7237   The "add" command will work on directories. You type:
7238   
7239   mkdir <dir>
7240            cvs add <dir>
7241
7242   It will respond:
7243   
7244   Directory /Repos/<dir> added to the repository
7245   
7246   and will create both a matching directory in the Repository and a
7247   ./CVS administrative directory within the local <dir> directory.
7248   
7249   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
7250   
7251    3. How do I remove a file I don't need? 
7252    
7253   (See the questions in Section 4B on removing files from the
7254   Repository.)
7255   
7256   You type:
7257   
7258                rm <file>
7259                cvs remove <file>
7260
7261   CVS registers the file for removal. To complete the removal, you must
7262   type:
7263   
7264                cvs commit <file>
7265
7266   CVS moves the file to the Attic associated with your working
7267   directory. Each directory in the Repository stores its deleted files
7268   in an Attic sub-directory. A normal "checkout" doesn't look in the
7269   Attic, but if you specify a tag, a date or a revision, the "checkout"
7270   (or "update") command will retrieve files from the Attic with that
7271   tag, date or revision.
7272   
7273   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
7274   
7275    4. How do I rename a file? 
7276    
7277   CVS does not offer a way to rename a file in a way that CVS can track
7278   later. See Section 4B for more information.
7279   
7280   Here is the best (to some, the only acceptable) way to get the effect
7281   of renaming, while preserving the change log:
7282   
7283     Copy the RCS (",v") file directly in the Repository.
7284   
7285   cp $CVSROOT/<odir>/<ofile>,v $CVSROOT/<ndir>/<nfile>,v
7286   
7287   By duplicating the file, you will preserve the change history and the
7288   ability to retrieve earlier revisions of the old file via the "-r
7289   <tag/rev>" or "-D <date>" options to "checkout" and "update".
7290   
7291     Remove the old file using CVS.
7292   
7293   cd <working-dir>/<odir> rm <ofile>
7294                cvs remove <ofile>
7295                cvs commit <ofile>
7296
7297   This will move the <ofile> to the Attic associated with <odir>.
7298   
7299     Retrieve <nfile> and remove all the Tags from it.
7300   
7301   By stripping off all the old Tags, "checkout -r" and "update -r" won't
7302   retrieve revisions Tagged before the renaming.
7303   
7304   cd <working-dir>/<ndir>
7305                cvs update <nfile>
7306                cvs log <nfile>                 # Save the list of Tags
7307                cvs tag -d <tag1> <nfile>
7308                cvs tag -d <tag2> <nfile>
7309                . . .
7310
7311   This technique can be used to rename files within one directory or
7312   across different directories. You can apply this idea to directories
7313   too, as long as you apply the above to each file and don't delete the
7314   old directory.
7315   
7316   Of course, you have to change your build system (e.g. Makefile) in
7317   your <working-dir> to know about the name change.
7318   
7319   Warning: Stripping the old tags from the copied file will allow "-r
7320   <tag>" to do the right thing, but you will still have problems with
7321   "-D <date>" because there is no place to store the "deletion time".
7322   See 5B.3 for more details.
7323   
7324   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
7325   
7326    5. How do I make sure that all the files and directories in my working
7327    directory are really in the Repository? 
7328    
7329   A "cvs update", or "cvs -n update" (which won't modify your working
7330   directory) will display foreign elements, which have no counterpart in
7331   the Repository, preceded by a '?'. To register foreign directories,
7332   you can use "cvs add". To register foreign files, you can use "cvs
7333   add" followed by "cvs commit".
7334   
7335   You could also checkout your module, or the Repository directory
7336   associated with your working directory, a second time into another
7337   work area and compare it to your working directory using the (non-CVS)
7338   "diff -r" command.
7339   
7340   By default many patterns of files are ignored. If you create a file
7341   named "core" or a file ending in ".o", it is usually ignored. If you
7342   really want to see all the files that aren't in the Repository, you
7343   can use a special "ignore" pattern to say "ignore no files". Try
7344   executing: (You may have to quote or backwhack (i.e. precede by '\')
7345   the '!' in your shell.)
7346   
7347                cvs -n update -I !
7348
7349   The above command will display not only the normal modified, update
7350   and conflict indicators ('M', 'U', and 'C' respectively) on files
7351   within the Repository, but it will also display each file not in the
7352   Repository preceded by a '?' character.
7353   
7354   The '-n' option will not allow "update" to alter your working
7355   directory.
7356   
7357   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
7358   
7359    6. How do I create a branch? 
7360    
7361   Type this in your working directory:
7362   
7363                cvs tag -b <branch_tag>
7364
7365   and you will create a branch. No files have real branches in them yet,
7366   but if you move onto the branch by typing:
7367   
7368                cvs update -r <branch_tag>
7369
7370   and commit a file in the normal way:
7371   
7372                cvs commit <file>
7373
7374   then a branch will be created in the underlying <file>,v file and the
7375   new revision of <file> will appear only on that branch.
7376   
7377   See Section 4C, on Branching.
7378   
7379   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
7380   
7381    7. How do I modify the modules file? How about the other files in the
7382    CVSROOT administrative area? 
7383    
7384   A module named "modules" has been provided in the default modules
7385   file, so you can type:
7386   
7387                cvs checkout modules
7388                cd modules
7389
7390   Another module named CVSROOT has been provided in the default modules
7391   file, covering all the administrative files. Type:
7392   
7393                cvs checkout CVSROOT
7394                cd CVSROOT
7395
7396   Then you can edit your files, followed by:
7397   
7398                cvs commit
7399
7400   If you start with the provided template for the "modules" file, the
7401   CVSROOT and the "modules" module will have the "mkmodules" program as
7402   a "commit helper". After a file is committed to such a module,
7403   "mkmodules" will convert a number of standard files (See 4B.2) in the
7404   CVSROOT directory inside the Repository into a form that is usable by
7405   CVS.
7406   
7407   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
7408   
7409    8. How do I split a file into pieces, retaining revision histories? 
7410    
7411   If you and a coworker find yourselves repeatedly committing the same
7412   file, but never for changes in the same area of the file, you might
7413   want to split the file into two or more pieces. If you are both
7414   changing the same section of code, splitting the file is of no use.
7415   You should talk to each other instead.
7416   
7417   If you decide to split the file, here's a suggestion. In many ways, it
7418   is similar to multiple "renamings" as described in 2C.4 above.
7419   
7420   Say you want to split , which already in the Repository, into three
7421   pieces, , and .
7422   
7423     Copy the RCS (",v") files directly in the Repository, creating the
7424   new files, then bring readable copies of the new files into the
7425   working directory via "update".
7426   
7427   cp $CVSROOT//,v $CVSROOT//,v cp $CVSROOT//,v $CVSROOT//,v
7428                cvs update
7429
7430     Then remove all the from the new files, either using:
7431   
7432                cvs log               # Save the list of
7433                cvs tag -d
7434                cvs tag -d
7435                . . .
7436
7437   (eivind@freebsd.org) or using the following little script to
7438   autmatically remove the tags directly from the repository files:
7439
7440#!/bin/sh
7441for file in $*
7442do
7443        TAGS=`rlog $file | awk '/^symbolic names:/,/^keyword subst/' | awk 'BEG
7444IN {FS=":"} /^\t/ {print $1}'`
7445        echo The tags in $file are
7446        echo $TAGS
7447        echo Is it OK to remove these?
7448        read confirm
7449        if [ "$confirm" = "y" -o "$confirm" = "yes" ]
7450        then
7451                for tag in $TAGS
7452                do
7453                        echo Removing $file:$tag
7454                        rcs -n$tag $file
7455                done
7456        fi
7457done
7458
7459     Edit each file until it has the data you want in it. This is a
7460   hand-editing job, not something CVS can handle. Then commit all the
7461   files.
7462   
7463   [From experience, I'd suggest making sure that only one copy of each
7464   line of code exists among the three files, except for "include"
7465   statements, which must be duplicated. And make sure the code
7466   compiles.]
7467   
7468   emacs
7469                cvs commit
7470
7471   As in the "rename" case, by duplicating the files, you'll preserve the
7472   change history and the ability to retrieve earlier revisions.
7473   
7474   Of course, you have to alter your build system (e.g. Makefiles) to
7475   take the new names and the change in contents into account.
7476   
7477   Last modified: _3/11/1998_
7478   
7479  Category: /What_is_CVS_/
7480  
7481   " What is CVS? "
7482   
7483  Category: /What_is_CVS_/How_does_CVS_differ_/
7484  
7485   " + How does CVS differ from other, similar software?"
7486   
7487    1. How does CVS differ from RCS? 
7488    
7489   CVS uses RCS to do much of its work and absolutely all the work of
7490   changing the underlying RCS files in the Repository.
7491   
7492   RCS comprises a set of programs designed to keep track of changes to
7493   individual files. Of course, it also allows you to refer to multiple
7494   files on the command line, but they are handled by iterating over
7495   individual files. There is no pretense of coordinated interaction
7496   among groups of files.
7497   
7498   CVS's main intent is to provide a set of grouping functions that allow
7499   you to treat a collection of RCS files as a single object. Of course,
7500   CVS also has to do a lot of iteration, but it tries its best to hide
7501   that it is doing so. In addition, CVS has some truly group-oriented
7502   facets, such as the modules file and the CVS administrative files that
7503   refer to a whole directory or module.
7504   
7505   One group aspect that can be a bit confusing is that a CVS branch is
7506   not the same as an RCS branch. To support a CVS branch, CVS uses
7507   "tags" (what RCS calls "symbols") and some local state, in addition to
7508   RCS branches.
7509   
7510   Other features offered by CVS that are not supported directly by RCS
7511   are
7512   
7513     Automatic determination of the state of a file, (e.g. modified,
7514   up-to-date with the Repository, already tagged with the same string,
7515   etc.) which helps in limiting the amount of displayed text you have to
7516   wade through to figure out what changed and what to do next.
7517   
7518     A copy-modify-merge scheme that avoids locking the files and allows
7519   simultaneous development on a single file.
7520   
7521     Serialization of commits. CVS requires you to merge all changes
7522   committed (via "update") since you checked out your working copy of
7523   the file. Although it is still possible to commit a file filled with
7524   old data, it is less likely than when using raw RCS.
7525   
7526     Relatively easy merging of releases from external Vendors.
7527   
7528   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
7529   
7530    2. How does CVS differ from SCCS? 
7531    
7532   SCCS is much closer to RCS than to CVS, so some of the previous entry
7533   applies.
7534   
7535   You might want to take a look at Walter Tichy's papers on RCS, which
7536   are referred to in the RCS man pages.
7537   
7538   [[More info here?]]
7539   
7540   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
7541   
7542    3. How does CVS differ from ClearCase? 
7543    
7544   ClearCase is a distributed client-server version control system.
7545   ClearCase is a variant DSEE tools, formerly available on Apollo
7546   platforms. The ClearCase tool set includes a few X-based interface
7547   tools, a command-line interface, and C programmer API. It is currently
7548   available on Sun, HP, SGI and OSF/1 platforms.
7549   
7550   ClearCase uses a special Unix filesystem type, called "mvfs" for
7551   "multi-version file system". Conceptually, mvfs adds another dimension
7552   to a regular Unix filesystem. The new axis is used to store the
7553   different versions of files and to provide a tree-hierarchical view of
7554   a collection of objects that might be scattered across any number of
7555   separate hosts on your local network.
7556   
7557   Each user acquires a "view" into the file database by creating a
7558   special mvfs mount point on their machine. Each view has a
7559   "configuration spec" containing a set of selection rules that specify
7560   the particular version of each file to make visible in that view. You
7561   can think of a "view" as a work area in CVS, except that the files
7562   don't really exist on your local disk until you modify them. This
7563   technique conserves disk space because it doesn't keep private copies
7564   of read-only files.
7565   
7566   Another advantage is that a view is "transparent" in the sense that
7567   all of the files in a "view" appear to be regular Unix files to other
7568   tools and Unix system calls. An extended naming convention allows
7569   access to particular versions of a file directly:
7570   "test.cc@@/main/bugfix/3" identifies the third version of test.c on
7571   the bugfix branch.
7572   
7573   ClearCase supports both the copy-modify-merge model of CVS (by using
7574   what are called "unreserved checkouts" and the checkin/checkout
7575   development model with file locking. Directories are
7576   version-controlled objects as well as files. A graphical merge tool is
7577   provided. Like RCS, ClearCase supports branches, symbolic tags, and
7578   delta compression. ASCII as well as binary files are supported, and
7579   converters from RCS, SCCS, DSEE formats are also included.
7580   
7581   A make-compatible build facility is provided that can identify common
7582   object code and share it among developers. A build auditing feature
7583   automatically records file dependencies by tracking every file that is
7584   opened when producing a derived object, thus making explicit
7585   dependency lists unnecessary. Pre- and post-event triggers are
7586   available for most ClearCase operations to invoke user programs or
7587   shell scripts. User-defined attributes can be assigned to any version
7588   or object. Hyper-links between version controlled objects can record
7589   their relationship.
7590   
7591   For more information, contact:
7592   
7593   Atria Software, Inc. 24 Prime Park Way Natick, MA 01760 info@atria.com
7594   
7595   (508) 650-1193 (phone) (508) 650-1196 (fax)
7596   
7597                                Originally contributed by Steve Turner
7598                                Edited by the author of this FAQ.
7599
7600   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
7601   
7602    4. How does CVS differ from TeamWare/SparcWorks? 
7603    
7604   TeamWare is a configuration management tool from Sun Microsystems, a
7605   part of SparcWorks. It uses the same copy and merge model as CVS. The
7606   central abstraction is a workspace, which corresponds to either a CVS
7607   branch or a checked out module. TeamWare allows you to manipulate
7608   workspaces directly, including moving and merging code between
7609   workspaces. You can put your workspace on tape and continue to work
7610   with it at home, just like you can with CVS. TeamWare is built upon
7611   and compatible with SCCS.
7612   
7613   TeamWare provides both a command line interface and a graphical
7614   interface. The CodeManager tool will display the project as a tree of
7615   workspaces, and allows you to manipulate them with drag and drop. The
7616   other tools are VersionTool that displays and manipulates a dag with a
7617   version history of a single file, CheckPoint that will create symbolic
7618   tags, MakeTool, a make compatible tool with a GUI, and FileMerge which
7619   will interactively merge files when needed (like emerge for emacs). If
7620   you have a sun, you can try /usr/old/mergetool for an old SunView
7621   version of FileMerge.
7622   
7623   Email: sunprosig@sun.com
7624   
7625                                Originally extracted from TeamWare
7626                                Marketing literature by Per Abrahamsen.
7627                                Edited by the author of this FAQ.
7628
7629   For more information, contact:
7630   
7631   SunExpress, Inc. P.O. Box 4426 Bridgeton, MO 63044-9863 (800)873-7869
7632   
7633   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
7634   
7635    5. How does CVS differ from Aegis? 
7636    
7637   Aegis appears to be a policy-setting tool that allows you to use other
7638   sub-programs (make, RCS, etc.) to implement pieces of the imposed
7639   policy.
7640   
7641   The initial document seems to say that most Unix tools are inadequate
7642   for use under Aegis.
7643   
7644   It is not really similar to CVS and requires a different mindset.
7645   
7646   [[Need more info here.]]
7647   
7648   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
7649   
7650    6. How does CVS differ from Shapetools? 
7651    
7652   Shapetools includes a build mechanism (called Shape, not surprisingly)
7653   that is aware of the version mechanism, and some dependency tracking.
7654   It is based on a file system extension called Attributed File System,
7655   which allows arbitrary-sized "attributes" to be associated with a
7656   file. Files are version controlled in a manner similar to RCS.
7657   Configurations are managed through the Shapefile, an extension of the
7658   Makefile syntax and functionality. Shape includes version selection
7659   rules to allow sophisticated selection of component versions in a
7660   build.
7661   
7662   Shapetools' concurrency control is pessimistic, in contrast to that of
7663   CVS. Also, there's very limited support for branching and merging. It
7664   has a built-in policy for transitioning a system from initial
7665   development to production.
7666   
7667                                Contributed by Don Dwiggins
7668
7669   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
7670   
7671    7. How does CVS differ from TeamNet? 
7672    
7673   TeamNet is a configuration management tool from TeamOne.
7674   
7675   For more information, contact:
7676   
7677   TeamOne 710 Lakeway Drive, Ste 100 Sunnyvale, CA 94086 (800) 442-6650
7678   
7679                                Contributed by Steve Turner
7680
7681   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
7682   
7683    8. How does CVS differ from ProFrame? 
7684    
7685   ProFrame is a new system integration framework from IBM. ProFrame is
7686   compliant with the CFI (CAD Framework Initiative) industry standards,
7687   including the Scheme extension language.
7688   
7689   ProFrame consists of three major components: (1) the Process Manager
7690   that automates your local design methodology (2) the Design Data
7691   Manager handles configuration management, and (3) Inter-tool
7692   Communication to provide a communication path among tools running on
7693   heterogeneous servers.
7694   
7695   The Design Data Manager(2) is probably the appropriate component to
7696   compare to CVS. The Design Data Manager provides version control with
7697   checkin/checkout capability, configuration management, and data
7698   dependency tracking. A graphical data selection interface is provided.
7699   Using this interface, you may create and manipulate objects and
7700   hierarchy structures, view the revision history for an object, and
7701   view and assign attributes to a design object.
7702   
7703   The ProFrame server currently runs only on RS6000, but clients may be
7704   a wide variety of Unix platforms. Contact IBM for the latest platform
7705   information.
7706   
7707   For more information, contact:
7708   
7709   IBM EDA Marketing and Sales P.O. Box 950, M/S P121 Poughkeepsie, NY
7710   12602 (800) 332-0066
7711   
7712                                Contributed by Steve Turner
7713                        [extracted from the ProFrame 1.1.0 datasheet]
7714
7715   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
7716   
7717    9. How does CVS differ from CaseWare/CM? 
7718    
7719   CaseWare/CM is a software configuration management product from
7720   CaseWare, Inc. CaseWare/CM may be customized to support a wide variety
7721   of methodologies, including various phases of the software lifecycle,
7722   and different access rights for users.
7723   
7724   A GUI is provided to view version histories and configurations. A
7725   merge tools is also included. CaseWare supports type-specific
7726   lifecycles, which allows different types of files to move through
7727   different lifecycles. Also provided is a build facility to support
7728   automatic dependency analysis, parallel, distributed, and remote
7729   builds, and variant releases.
7730   
7731   CaseWare/CM has been integrated with other CASE tools, including
7732   FrameMaker, ALSYS Ada, CodeCenter/Object Center, HP SoftBench, and
7733   Software Through Pictures. CaseWare also offers CaseWare/PT, a problem
7734   tracking system to integrate change requests with configuration
7735   management.
7736   
7737   Multiple vendors and operating systems are supported.
7738   
7739   For more information, contact:
7740   
7741   CaseWare, Inc. 108 Pacifica, 2nd Floor Irvine, CA 92718-3332 (714)
7742   453-2200 (phone) (714) 453-2276 (fax)
7743   
7744                                Contributed by Steve Turner
7745                        [extracted from the CaseWare/CM data sheet]
7746
7747   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
7748   
7749    10. How does CVS differ from SABLIME? 
7750    
7751   Produced by AT&T. Sablime uses SCCS as the underlying source code
7752   control system. It uses some other control system (called sbcs I
7753   think) for managing binary files. It uses lock, edit, comit, unlock
7754   mechanism. It has a motif based GUI and curses based GUI (that works
7755   only with ksh, not tcsh, or bash) to do more common tasks. It has even
7756   a command line interface.
7757   
7758   Changing source happens as a result of MR. A testing person or a
7759   developer assigns an MR (modification request) to a group of people.
7760   They are allowed to take out files under that MR and change them and
7761   check them back in. You can set up dependencies between and MR and do
7762   release management to say "I want the sources to include these MRs"
7763   etc. It is a reasonably good maintanance system. It is bit heavy
7764   weight though, and the interface is not too polished and does not work
7765   on windows (though that may have changed). rama@savera.com
7766   
7767   Last modified: _7/30/1998_
7768   
7769    11. How does CVS differ from PVCS? 
7770    
7771   PVCS works on single files like RCS and SCCS, CVS works on complete
7772   subsystems. PVCS has a make utility (called a configuration builder),
7773   CVS does not. PVCS has a GUI interface for Unix, DOS, OS/2, and MS
7774   Windows.
7775   
7776                Intersolv, Inc.
7777                1700 NW 167th Place
7778                OR 97006
7779
7780                                Contributed by Per Abrahamsen
7781                        [Extracted from Intersolv Marketing literature.]
7782
7783   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
7784   
7785    12. How does CVS differ from CMVC? 
7786    
7787   CMVC is an IBM Configuration Management and Version Control system.
7788   (Though I'm not certain that's the right acronym expansion.) It runs
7789   on Suns, HPs, RS6000s, OS/2 and Windows.
7790   
7791   Other than revision control, it apparently has features to manage
7792   releases, bug tracking and the connection between alterations and
7793   reported bugs and feature requests. It is a client/server system,
7794   based on a choice of commercial Relational Database systems, and it
7795   provides a Motif or command line interface.
7796   
7797   Unlike CVS, it uses a strict locking protocol to serialize source code
7798   alterations.
7799   
7800   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
7801   
7802  Category: /What_is_CVS_/What_do_you_mean_by_/
7803  
7804   " + What do you mean by . . .? (Definitions)"
7805   
7806    1. What are "The Repository", "$CVSROOT" and "CVSROOT"? 
7807    
7808   The Repository is a directory tree containing the CVS administrative
7809   files and all the RCS files that constitute "imported" or "committed"
7810   work. The Repository is kept in a shared area, separate from the
7811   working areas of all developers.
7812   
7813   Users of CVS must set their "CVSROOT" environment variable to the
7814   absolute pathname of the head of the Repository. Most command line
7815   interpreters replace an instance of "$CVSROOT" with the value of the
7816   "CVSROOT" environment variable. By analogy, in this document
7817   "$CVSROOT" is used as shorthand for "the absolute pathname of the
7818   directory at the head of the Repository".
7819   
7820   One of the things found in $CVSROOT is a directory named CVSROOT. It
7821   contains all the "state", the administrative files, that CVS needs
7822   during execution. The "modules", "history", "commitinfo", "loginfo"
7823   and other files can be found there. See 4B.2 for more information
7824   about CVSROOT files.
7825   
7826   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
7827   
7828    2. What is an RCS file? 
7829    
7830   An RCS file is a text file containing the source text and the revision
7831   history for all committed revisions of a source file. It is stored
7832   separately from the working files, in a directory hierarchy, called
7833   the Repository.
7834   
7835   RCS is the "Revision Control System" that CVS uses to manage
7836   individual files. RCS file names normally end in ",v", but that can be
7837   altered (via the RCS -x option) to conform to file naming standards on
7838   platforms with unusual filename limitations.
7839   
7840   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
7841   
7842    3. What is a working file? 
7843    
7844   A working file is a disk file containing a checked-out copy of a
7845   source file that earlier had been placed under CVS. If the working
7846   file has been edited, the changes since the last committed revision
7847   are invisible to other users of CVS.
7848   
7849   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
7850   
7851    4. What is a working directory (or working area)? 
7852    
7853   A working directory is the place where you work and the place from
7854   which you "commit" files.
7855   
7856   The "checkout" command creates a tree of working directories, filling
7857   them with working files. Each working directory contains a
7858   sub-directory named ./CVS containing three administrative files, which
7859   are created by "checkout" and are always present:
7860   
7861   ./CVS/Entries
7862                contains information about working files.
7863
7864   ./CVS/Repository
7865                contains the location of the directory within the
7866                Repository that was used to create the working directory.
7867
7868   ./CVS/Root
7869                contains the value of $CVSROOT at the time you created
7870                the working directory.
7871
7872   Other files may also appear in ./CVS depending on the state of your
7873   working directory:
7874   
7875   ./CVS/Tag
7876                contains the "sticky tag" associated with the whole
7877                directory.  See 3A.2 for its main purpose.
7878                [Created by "checkout" or "update" when using "-r <tag>".]
7879                [Deleted by "checkout" or "update" when using '-A'.]
7880
7881   ./CVS/Entries.Static
7882                contains a fixed list of working files.  If this file
7883                exists, an "update" doesn't automatically bring newly
7884                added files out of the Repository.
7885                [Created and maintained by hand.]
7886
7887   ./CVS/Checkin.prog
7888                contains a program to run whenever anything in the
7889                working directory is committed.
7890                [Created by checkout if "-i <prog>" appears in the
7891                 modules file for the checked-out module.]
7892
7893   ./CVS/Update.prog
7894                contains a program to run whenever anything in the
7895                working directory is updated.
7896                [Created by checkout if "-u <prog>" appears in the
7897                 modules file for the checked-out module.]
7898
7899   ./CVS/<file>,p ./CVS/<file>,t
7900                contain (possibly zero-length) state information about an
7901                "add" that has not been committed.
7902                [Created by "add".]
7903                [Deleted by "commit" or "remove".]
7904
7905   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
7906   
7907    5. What is "checking out"? 
7908    
7909   "Checking out" is the act of using the "checkout" command to copy a
7910   particular revision from a set of RCS files into your working area.
7911   You normally execute "checkout" only once per working directory (or
7912   tree of working directories), maintaining them thereafter with the
7913   "update" command.
7914   
7915   See section 3C on the "checkout" command.
7916   
7917   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
7918   
7919    6. What is a revision? 
7920    
7921   A "revision" is a version of a file that was "committed" ("checked
7922   in", in RCS terms) some time in the past. CVS (and RCS) can retrieve
7923   any file that was committed by specifying its revision number or its
7924   "tag" ("symbolic name", in RCS terms).
7925   
7926   In CVS, a "tag" is more useful than a revision number. It usually
7927   marks a milestone in development represented by different revision
7928   numbers in different files, all available as one "tagged" collection.
7929   
7930   Sometimes the word "revision" is used as shorthand for "the file you
7931   get if you retrieve (via "checkout" or "update") the given revision
7932   from the Repository."
7933   
7934   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
7935   
7936    7. What is a "Tag"? 
7937    
7938   A "Tag" is a symbolic name, a synonym or alias for a particular
7939   revision number in a file. The CVS "tag" command places the same "Tag"
7940   on all files in a working directory, allowing you to retrieve those
7941   files by name in the future.
7942   
7943   The CVS "Tag" is implemented by applying RCS "symbols" to each
7944   individual file. The Tags on a file (or collection of files) may be
7945   displayed using the "log" command.
7946   
7947   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
7948   
7949    8. What are "HEAD" and "BASE"? 
7950    
7951   HEAD and BASE are built-in tags that don't show up in the "log" or
7952   "status" listings. They are interpreted directly by CVS.
7953   
7954   "HEAD" refers to the latest revision on the current branch in the
7955   Repository. The current branch is either the main line of development,
7956   or a branch in development created by placing a branch tag on a set of
7957   files and checking out that branch.
7958   
7959   "BASE" refers to the revision on the current branch you last checked
7960   out, updated, or committed. If you have not modified your working
7961   file, "BASE" is the committed revision matching it.
7962   
7963   Most of the time BASE and HEAD refer to the same revision. They can
7964   become different in two ways:
7965   
7966     Someone else changed HEAD by committing a new revision of your file
7967   to the Repository. You can pull BASE up to equal HEAD by executing
7968   "update".
7969   
7970     You moved BASE backward by executing "checkout" or "update" with the
7971   option "-r <rev/tag>" or "-D <date>". CVS records a sticky tag and
7972   moves your files to the specified earlier revision. You can clear the
7973   sticky tag and pull BASE up to equal HEAD again by executing "update
7974   -A".
7975   
7976   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
7977   
7978    9. What is a Branch? 
7979    
7980   In general, a branch is any mechanism that allows one or more
7981   developers to modify a file without affecting anyone other than those
7982   working on the same branch.
7983   
7984   There are four kinds of "branch" CVS can manage:
7985   
7986     The Vendor Branch.
7987   
7988   A single vendor branch is supported. The "import" command takes a
7989   sequence of releases from a source code vendor (called a "vendor" even
7990   if no money is involved), placing them on a special "Vendor" branch.
7991   The Vendor branch is considered part of the "Main line" of
7992   development, though it must be merged into locally modified files on
7993   the RCS Main branch before the "import" is complete.
7994   
7995   See Section 3H ("import").
7996   
7997     Your Working directory.
7998   
7999   A checked-out working directory, can be treated like a private branch.
8000   No one but you can touch your files. You have complete control over
8001   when you include work committed by others. However, you can't commit
8002   or tag intermediate versions of your work.
8003   
8004     A Development branch.
8005   
8006   A group of developers can share changes among the group, without
8007   affecting the Main line of development, by creating a branch. Only
8008   those who have checked-out the branch see the changes committed to
8009   that branch. This kind of branch is usually temporary, collapsing
8010   (i.e. merge and forget) into the Main line when the project requiring
8011   the branch is completed.
8012   
8013   You can also create a private branch of this type, allowing an
8014   individual to commit (and tag) intermediate revisions without changing
8015   the Main line. It should be managed exactly like a Development Branch
8016   -- collapsed into the Main line (or its parent branch, if that is not
8017   the Main Branch) and forgotten when the work is done.
8018   
8019     A Release branch.
8020   
8021   At release time, a branch should be created marking what was released.
8022   Later, small changes (sometimes called "patches") can be made to the
8023   release without including everything else on the Main line of
8024   development. You avoid forcing the customer to accept new, possibly
8025   untested, features added since the release. This is also the way to
8026   correct bugs found during testing in an environment where other
8027   developers have continued to commit to the Main line while you are
8028   testing and packaging the release.
8029   
8030   Although the internal format of this type of branch (branch tag and
8031   RCS branches) is the same as in a development branch, its purpose and
8032   the way it is managed are different. The major difference is that a
8033   Release branch is normally Permanent. Once you let a release out the
8034   door to customers, or to the next stage of whatever process you are
8035   using, you should retain forever the branch marking that release.
8036   
8037   Since the branch is permanent, you cannot incorporate the branch fixes
8038   into the Main line by "collapsing" (merging and forgetting) the
8039   release branch. For large changes to many files on the release branch,
8040   you will have to perform a branch merge using "update -j <rev> -j
8041   <rev>". (See 4C.7)
8042   
8043   The most common way to merge small changes back into Main line
8044   development is to make the change in both places simultaneously. This
8045   is faster than trying to perform a selective merge.
8046   
8047   See 1D.12 (merges) and Section 4C, on Branching for more info.
8048   
8049   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
8050   
8051    10. What is "the trunk"? 
8052    
8053   Another name for the RCS Main Branch. The RCS Main Branch is related,
8054   but not equivalent, to both the CVS Main branch and what developers
8055   consider to be the Main line of development. See 3H.3 and Section 4C
8056   on Branching.
8057   
8058   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
8059   
8060    11. What is a module? 
8061    
8062   In essence, a module is a name you hand to the "checkout" command to
8063   retrieve one or more files to work on. It was originally intended to
8064   be a simple, unique name in the "modules" file attached to a directory
8065   or a subset of files within a directory.
8066   
8067   The module idea is now a somewhat slippery concept that can be defined
8068   in two different ways:
8069     * A module is an argument to "checkout". There are three types:
8070         1. An entry in the modules file. A "module" name as described in
8071            'B.' below.
8072         2. A relative path to a directory or file in the Repository.
8073         3. A mixed-mode string of "modulename/relative-path". Everything
8074            up to the first slash ('/') is looked up as a module. The
8075            relative path is appended to the directory associated with
8076            the module name and the resulting path is checked out as in
8077            #2 above.
8078     * A module is a unique (within the file) character string in the
8079       first column of the modules file. There are five types:
8080         1. A name for a directory within the Repository that allows you
8081            to ignore the parent directories above it.
8082            Example:
8083                  emacs  gnu/emacs
8084         2. A name for a subset of the files within such a directory.
8085            Example:
8086                  ls    unix/bin Makefile ls.c
8087            The 2nd through Nth strings in the above can be files,
8088            directories or module substitutions. No relative paths.
8089            A module substitution occurs when you use a '&module-name'
8090            reference. The module-name referred to is logically
8091            substituted for the '&module-name' string.
8092         3. A relative pathname to a directory within the Repository
8093            which, when checked out, creates an image of part of the
8094            Repository structure in your current directory.
8095            Example:
8096            gnu/emacs -o /bin/emacs.helper gnu/emacs
8097            The files checked out are exactly the same as the files
8098            "checkout" would retrieve if the path weren't even in the
8099            modules file. The only reason to put this kind of relative
8100            pathname into the modules file is to hook one of the helper
8101            functions onto it.
8102         4. A relative pathname to a single file within the Repository
8103            which, when checked out, creates something you probably don't
8104            want: It creates a directory by the name of the file and puts
8105            the file in it.
8106            Example:
8107            gnu/emacs/Makefile -o /bin/emacs.helper gnu/emacs Makefile
8108            The file checked out is the same as what you would get if you
8109            handed the relative pathname to the "checkout" command. But
8110            it puts it in a strange place. The only reason to do this is
8111            to hook a helper function onto a specific file name.
8112         5. An alias consisting of a list of any of the above, including
8113            other aliases, plus exceptions.
8114            Example:
8115            my_work -a emacs !emacs/tests gnu/bison unix/bin/ls.c
8116            The exception "!emacs/test" above is functionally equivalent
8117            to specifying "!emacs/tests" on the "checkout" command line.
8118       
8119   Another way to look at it is that the modules file is simply another
8120   way to "name" files. The hierarchical directory structure provides
8121   another. You should use whatever turns out to be simplest for your
8122   development group.
8123   
8124   See 4G.2 for some specific ideas about how to use the modules file.
8125   
8126   Last modified: _11/12/1997_
8127   
8128    12. What does "merge" mean? 
8129    
8130   A merge is a way of combining changes made in two independent copies
8131   of a common starting file. Checking out an RCS revision produces a
8132   file, so for the purposes of a merge "file" and "revision" are
8133   equivalent. So, we can say there are always three "files" involved in
8134   a merge:
8135   
8136     The original, starting, "base" or "branch point" file.
8137   
8138     A copy of the base file modified in one way.
8139   
8140     Another copy of the base file modified in a different way.
8141   
8142   Humans aren't very good at handling three things at once, so the
8143   terminology dealing with merges can become strained. One way to think
8144   about it is that all merges are performed by inserting the difference
8145   between a base revision and a later revision (committed by someone
8146   else) into your working file. Both the "later" revision and your
8147   working file are presumed to have started life as a copy of the "base"
8148   revision.
8149   
8150   In CVS, there are three main types of "merge":
8151   
8152     The "update" command automatically merges revisions committed by
8153   others into your working file. In this case, the three files involved
8154   in the merge are:
8155   
8156   Base: The revision you originally checked out. Later: A revision
8157   committed onto the current branch after you checked out the Base
8158   revision. Working: Your working file. The one lying in the working
8159   directory containing changes you have made.
8160   
8161     The "update -j <branch_tag> {optional files}" command merges changes
8162   made on the given branch into your working files, which is presumed to
8163   be on the Main line of development.
8164   
8165   See 4C.6
8166   
8167     The "update -j <rev> -j <rev> {optional files}" command merges the
8168   difference between two specified revisions into files in your working
8169   directory. The two revisions <rev> are usually on the same branch and,
8170   when updating multiple files, they are most useful when they are Tag
8171   names rather than numeric revisions.
8172   
8173   See 4C.7
8174   
8175   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
8176   
8177  Category: /What_is_CVS_/What_is_CVS_Whats_it/
8178  
8179   " + What is CVS? What's it for? Why CVS?"
8180   
8181    1. What does CVS stand for? Can you describe it in one sentence? 
8182    
8183   "CVS" is an acronym for the "Concurrent Versions System".
8184   
8185   CVS is a "Source Control" or "Revision Control" tool designed to keep
8186   track of source changes made by groups of developers working on the
8187   same files, allowing them to stay in sync with each other as each
8188   individual chooses.
8189   
8190   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
8191   
8192    2. What is CVS for? What does it do for me? 
8193    
8194   CVS is used to keep track of collections of files in a shared
8195   directory called "The Repository". Each collection of files can be
8196   given a "module" name, which is used to "checkout" that collection.
8197   
8198   After checkout, files can be modified (using your favorite editor),
8199   "committed" back into the Repository and compared against earlier
8200   revisions. Collections of files can be "tagged" with a symbolic name
8201   for later retrieval.
8202   
8203   You can add new files, remove files you no longer want, ask for
8204   information about sets of files in three different ways, produce patch
8205   "diffs" from a base revision and merge the committed changes of other
8206   developers into your working files.
8207   
8208   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
8209   
8210    3. How does CVS work? 
8211    
8212   CVS saves its version-control information in RCS files stored in a
8213   directory hierarchy, called the Repository, which is separate from the
8214   user's working directory.
8215   
8216   Files in the Repository are stored in a format dictated by the RCS
8217   commands CVS uses to do much of its real work. RCS files are standard
8218   byte-stream files with an internal format described by keywords stored
8219   in the files themselves.
8220   
8221   To begin work, you execute a "checkout" command, handing it a module
8222   name or directory path (relative to the $CVSROOT variable) you want to
8223   work on. CVS copies the latest revision of each file in the specified
8224   module or directory out of the Repository and into a directory tree
8225   created in your current directory. You may specify a particular branch
8226   to work on by symbolic name if you don't want to work on the default
8227   (main or trunk) branch.
8228   
8229   You may then modify files in the new directory tree, build them into
8230   output files and test the results. When you want to make your changes
8231   available to other developers, you "commit" them back into the
8232   Repository.
8233   
8234   Other developers can check out the same files at the same time. To
8235   merge the committed work of others into your working files you use the
8236   "update" command. When your merged files build and test correctly, you
8237   may commit the merged result. This method is referred to as
8238   "copy-modify-merge", which does not require locks on the source files.
8239   
8240   At any time, usually at some milestone, you can "tag" the committed
8241   files, producing a symbolic name that can be handed to a future
8242   "checkout" command. A special form of "tag" produces a branch in
8243   development, as usually happens at "release" time.
8244   
8245   When you no longer plan to modify or refer to your local copy of the
8246   files, they can be removed.
8247   
8248   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
8249   
8250    4. What is CVS useful for? 
8251    
8252   CVS is intended to handle source control for files in three major
8253   situations:
8254   
8255     Multiple developers working on the same files.
8256   
8257   The major advantage of using CVS over the simpler tools like RCS or
8258   SCCS is that it allows multiple developers to work on the same sources
8259   at the same time.
8260   
8261   The shared Repository provides a rendezvous for committed sources that
8262   allows developers a fair amount of flexibility in how often to publish
8263   (via the "commit" command) changes or include work committed by others
8264   (via the "update" command).
8265   
8266     Tracking a stream of releases from a source vendor.
8267   
8268   If you are making changes to sources distributed by someone else, the
8269   CVS feature, called the Vendor Branch, allows you to combine local
8270   modifications with repeated vendor releases.
8271   
8272   I have found this most useful when dealing with sources from three
8273   major classes of source vendor:
8274   
8275     Large companies who send you tapes full of the latest release (e.g.
8276   Unix OS vendors, database companies).
8277   
8278     Public Domain software which *always* requires work.
8279   
8280     Pseudo-Public sources which may require work. (e.g. GNU programs, X,
8281   CVS itself, etc.)
8282   
8283     Branching development.
8284   
8285   Aside from the "Vendor Branch", there are three kinds of "branches in
8286   development" that CVS can support:
8287   
8288     Your working directory can be treated as a private branch.
8289   
8290     A Development branch can be shared by one or more developers.
8291   
8292     At release time, a branch is usually created for bug fixes.
8293   
8294   (See 1D.9 and Section 4C for more info on branches.)
8295   
8296   CVS's branch support is a bit primitive, but it was designed to allow
8297   you to create branches, work on them for while and merge them back
8298   into the main line of development. You should also be able to merge
8299   work performed on the main branch into the branch you are working on.
8300   Arbitrary sharing and merging between branches is not currently
8301   supported.
8302   
8303   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
8304   
8305    5. What is CVS *not* useful for? 
8306    
8307   CVS is not a build system.
8308   
8309   Though the structure of your Repository and modules file interact with
8310   your build system (e.g. a tree of Makefiles), they are essentially
8311   independent.
8312   
8313   CVS does not dictate how you build anything. It merely stores files
8314   for retrieval in a tree structure you devise.
8315   
8316   CVS does not dictate how to use disk space in the checked out working
8317   directories. If you require your Makefiles or build procedures to know
8318   the relative positions of everything else, you wind up requiring the
8319   entire Repository to be checked out. That's simply bad planning.
8320   
8321   If you modularize your work, and construct a build system that will
8322   share files (via links, mounts, VPATH in Makefiles, etc.), you can
8323   arrange your disk usage however you like.
8324   
8325   But you have to remember that *any* such system is a lot of work to
8326   construct and maintain. CVS does not address the issues involved. You
8327   must use your brain and a collection of other tools to provide a build
8328   scheme to match your plans.
8329   
8330   Of course, you should use CVS to maintain the tools created to support
8331   such a build system (scripts, Makefiles, etc).
8332   
8333   CVS is not a substitute for management.
8334   
8335   You and your project leaders are expected to plan what you are doing.
8336   Everyone involved must be aware of schedules, merge points, branch
8337   names, release dates and the range of procedures needed to build
8338   products. (If you produce it and someone else uses it, it is a
8339   product.) CVS can't cover for a failure to manage your project.
8340   
8341   CVS is an instrument for making sources dance to your tune. But you
8342   are the piper and the composer. No instrument plays itself or writes
8343   its own music.
8344   
8345   CVS is not a substitute for developer communication.
8346   
8347   When faced with conflicts within a single file, most developers manage
8348   to resolve them without too much effort. But a more general definition
8349   of "conflict" includes problems too difficult to solve without
8350   communication between developers.
8351   
8352   CVS cannot determine when simultaneous changes within a single file,
8353   or across a whole collection of files, will logically conflict with
8354   one another. Its concept of a "conflict" is purely textual, arising
8355   when two changes to the same base file are near enough to spook the
8356   merge command into dropping conflict markers into the merged file.
8357   
8358   CVS is not capable of figuring out distributed conflicts in program
8359   logic. For example, if you change the arguments to function X defined
8360   in file A and, at the same time, edit file B, adding new calls to
8361   function X using the old arguments. You are outside the realm of CVS's
8362   competence.
8363   
8364   Acquire the habit of reading specs and talking to your peers.
8365   
8366   CVS is not a configuration management system.
8367   
8368   CVS is a source control system. The phrase "configuration management"
8369   is a marketing term, not an industry-recognized set of functions.
8370   
8371   A true "configuration management system" would contain elements of the
8372   following:
8373   
8374                * Source control.
8375                * Dependency tracking.
8376                * Build systems (i.e. What to build and how to find
8377                  things during a build.  What is shared?  What is local?)
8378                * Bug tracking.
8379                * Automated Testing procedures.
8380                * Release Engineering documentation and procedures.
8381                * Tape Construction.
8382                * Customer Installation.
8383                * A way for users to run different versions of the same
8384                  software on the same host at the same time.
8385
8386   CVS provides only the first.
8387   
8388   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
8389   
8390  Category: /What_is_CVS_/Where_do_I_find_CVS_/
8391  
8392   " + Where do I find CVS? Where can I find Help?"
8393   
8394    1. How do I get more information about CVS? 
8395    
8396     The first thing I would do is to read the Info file that comes with
8397   the CVS sources under "doc". You can format and read the cvs.texinfo
8398   file in two ways: 1. Use TeX to format it and a "dvips" command to
8399   print it and 2. Install the cvs.info files that are created by the
8400   Makefile and read them online using the Emacs "info-mode" or a
8401   stand-alone "info" reader.
8402   
8403     Then I'd run "cvsinit" to set up a Repository and read the man page
8404   while trying out the commands.
8405   
8406   Type "cvs -H" for general help or "cvs -H command" for
8407   command-specific help.
8408   
8409     For background, you can read the original CVS paper (in the source
8410   tree, under "doc"). It describes the purpose of CVS and some of how it
8411   was designed. Note that the emphasis of the document (especially on
8412   multiple vendors providing the same sources) is somewhat out of date.
8413   
8414     For more detailed information about "internals", read the man pages
8415   for RCS. If you are a programmer, you can also read the source code to
8416   CVS.
8417   
8418     Other information and tutorials may be available in the "doc"
8419   directory of the FTP archive described below.
8420   
8421     For current information, and a fair amount of detail, join the
8422   info-cvs mailing list described below.
8423   
8424   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
8425   
8426    2. Is there an archive of CVS material? 
8427    
8428   An anonymous FTP area has been set up. It contains many of the CVS
8429   files you might want, including extra documentation, patches and a
8430   copy of the latest release.
8431   
8432                ftp ftp.delos.com
8433                >>> User:       anonymous
8434                >>> Passwd:
8435                cd /pub/cvs
8436                get README
8437                get Index
8438
8439   The README has more (and more up-to-date) information. The Index
8440   contains a terse list of what is in the archive.
8441   
8442   A WWW home page is also available at http://www.delos.com/cvs.
8443   
8444                          This Didn't Exist 6/23/1998
8445                                       
8446   Last modified: _6/24/1998_
8447   
8448    3. How do I get files out of the archive if I don't have FTP? 
8449    
8450   Use one of the FTP<->Email servers. These are the ones I've been told
8451   about:
8452   
8453     FTPMAIL service is available from the same host as the FTP server
8454   described above. Send mail to "ftpmail@delos.com" containing "help" in
8455   the body of the message. For example, on most Unix systems, you can
8456   type:
8457   
8458   echo help | Mail ftpmail@delos.com
8459   
8460   The FTPMAIL server will respond with a document describing how to use
8461   the server. If the "Mail" command doesn't exist on your system, try
8462   "mailx", "/usr/ucb/mail" or "/bin/mail".
8463   
8464     If you are on BITNET, use Princeton's BITFTP server. Type
8465   
8466   echo 'send help' | Mail bitftp@pucc.princeton.edu
8467   
8468   (It is likely that only BITNET addresses can use this one.)
8469   
8470     Other possibilities I've heard of from the net: (Try the one closest
8471   to you.)
8472   
8473   ftpmail@decwrl.dec.com ftpmail@sunsite.unc.edu ftpmail@cs.arizona.edu
8474   ftpmail@cs.uow.edu.au ftpmail@doc.ic.ac.uk
8475   
8476   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
8477   
8478    4. How do I get a copy of the latest version of CVS? 
8479    
8480   The latest released version of CVS and all the programs it depends on
8481   should be available through anonymous FTP on any FSF archive. The main
8482   FSF archive is at "prep.ai.mit.edu". There are mirrors of the FSF
8483   archive on UUNET and other large Internet sites.
8484   
8485                Program(s)      Suggested revision
8486                -----------     -----------------------
8487                CVS             1.5
8488                RCS             5.7 (latest version available today)
8489                GNU diff        2.7 (or later) [contained in diffutils-2.7]
8490                GDBM            1.5 (or later) [optional]
8491
8492   The GNU version of diff is suggested by both the RCS and CVS
8493   configuration instructions because it works better than the standard
8494   version.
8495   
8496   It is a good idea not to accept the versions of CVS, RCS or diff you
8497   find lying on your system unless you have checked out their
8498   provenance. Using inconsistent collections of tools can cause you more
8499   trouble than you can probably afford.
8500   
8501   The FTP archive mentioned above should contain the latest official
8502   release of CVS, some official and unofficial patches and possibly
8503   complete patched versions of CVS in use somewhere.
8504   
8505   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
8506   
8507    5. Is there a mailing list devoted to CVS? How do I find it? 
8508    
8509   An Internet mailing list named "info-cvs" grew out of the private
8510   mailing list used by the CVS 1.3 alpha testers in early 1992.
8511   Throughout 1994, the list received an average of 100 messages per
8512   month.
8513   
8514   You can add yourself to the mailing list by sending an Email message
8515   to:
8516   
8517                info-cvs-request@prep.ai.mit.edu
8518
8519   (Don't forget the "-request" or you'll send a message to the whole
8520   list, some of whom are capable of remote execution.)
8521   
8522   Mail to the whole list should be sent to:
8523   
8524                info-cvs@prep.ai.mit.edu
8525
8526   An archive of the mailing list is maintained in the FTP archive
8527   mentioned above.
8528   
8529   Last modified: _6/13/1997_
8530   
8531    6. What happened to the CVS Usenet newsgroup I heard about? 
8532    
8533
8534        A Usenet newsgroup named "gnu.cvs.info" was announced in April
8535        1993, with an expected creation date of August, 1993.  However,
8536        nothing came of this.
8537
8538        If you want to discuss CVS on usenet, the correct group is
8539        comp.software.config-mgmt (which also covers other configuration
8540        management systems).  Someday it might be possible to create a
8541        comp.software.config-mgmt.cvs, but only if there is sufficient
8542        CVS traffic on comp.software.config-mgmt.
8543
8544        kingdon@cyclic.com
8545
8546   Last modified: _9/6/1997_
8547     _________________________________________________________________
8548   
8549   [Add an answer to this category]
8550   
8551   [Category /]
8552     _________________________________________________________________
8553   
8554   _Search the FAQ-O-Matic:_ ____________________ Search
8555   [matching all words]
8556   Or look for questions modified in the last: [7.] Days
8557     _________________________________________________________________
8558   
8559   The FAQ-O-Matic lives at http://gille.loria.fr:7000/cgi-bin/faqomatic.
8560   The code was written by Jon Howell, and the content by folks from all
8561   over the web.
8562     _________________________________________________________________
8563